The China Venture
The China Venture
The China Venture
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>:<br />
Business Environment and Strategic Considerations<br />
Prof. Dr. Li Choy Chong, Oliver Kabuth, and Klaus Kukovetz (editors)<br />
<strong>The</strong> Asia Research Centre,<br />
<strong>The</strong> Research Institute for International Management,<br />
<strong>The</strong> University of St. Gallen<br />
featuring papers by<br />
Matthias Weibel<br />
Dr. Michael Loretan<br />
Cinderella Freiin von Dungern<br />
Klaus Kukovetz<br />
Rainer G. Kirchhofer and Stephan Lechner<br />
Matthias Kästner<br />
Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />
I wish to thank the Grundlagenforschungsfonds (GFF) of the University of St. Gallen for<br />
supporting the employment of assistants, Peter Lindstrom, Anita Subramanian and Matthias<br />
Weibel, to work on the project.<br />
I also wish to thank the many student-authors who have contributed to the work of these<br />
three books, in terms of their articles, revisions and updates and other editorial and secretarial<br />
assistance. In particular, I would like to thank Oliver Kabuth, Klaus Kukovetz, Matthias<br />
Weibel, Michael Loretan, Cinderella von Dungern, Rainer Kirchhofer, Stephan Lechner,<br />
Matthias Kästner, Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller, for their contributions to the <strong>China</strong><br />
<strong>Venture</strong> book;<br />
Peter Lindstrom, the students of the Vietnam study group (Marc Ammann, Verena Antl,<br />
Andreas Barfuss, Andrea Baumeister, Christian Chalut, Fabian Engl, Thomas Glesti, Urs<br />
Graf, Thomas Gysi, Benjamin Jäggi, Brigitta Joho, Monica Kirchhoff, Chantal Landert,<br />
Florian Lanz, Robert Liebl, Jürgen Müller, Oliver Schwarz, Pascal Sommerhalder, Joel<br />
Widmer and Antonia Zambon, including my assistants Reza Rahimi, Klaus Kukovetz and<br />
Peter Lindstrom), Stefan Otto, Reza Rahami, Tina Habicht, Philipp Reese, Marco Sütterle,<br />
Peter Geiser, Matthias Kästner, and Christian Carduck, for their contributions to the Emerging<br />
Asia book, and<br />
Anita Subramanian, Peter Lindstrom, Marusa Fasano, Christian Börstnar, Marc Oesch,<br />
Andreas Barfuss, Sven Graber, Stefan Graf, Gabriel le Laidier Robert Liebl, and Daniel<br />
Seeli, for their contributions to the Asia Businesses in Europe book.<br />
Finally, I wish to thank my secretary, Kristina Stalder and my personal assistants, Mirweiss<br />
Meidanval and Ricarda Ross for their often unseen and unacknowledged help in my work<br />
place.<br />
Li Choy Chong<br />
ii
Table of Contents<br />
List of Figures ..........................................................................................................................viii<br />
List of Tables .............................................................................................................................ix<br />
Abbreviations ..............................................................................................................................x<br />
1. INTRODUCTION: THE CH INA VENTURE ............................................................ 1<br />
2. THE CHINESE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT .......................................................... 4<br />
2.1 THE CHINA REFORM STORY (BY MATTHIAS WEIBEL) ...................................................4<br />
2.2 THE LEGAL SYSTEM IN CHINA (BY DR. MICHAEL LORETAN )........................................6<br />
2.2.1 Chinese Legal History..............................................................................................7<br />
2.2.1.1 Traditional Chinese Law ..................................................................................7<br />
2.2.1.2 Modern Chinese Law .......................................................................................8<br />
2.2.2 Governmental structure..........................................................................................10<br />
2.2.3 Legal structure ........................................................................................................11<br />
2.2.4 Judicial Structure ....................................................................................................12<br />
2.2.5 Current problems of the operating legal system ....................................................14<br />
2.2.6 Foreign Investment Law ........................................................................................15<br />
2.2.7 Contract law ...........................................................................................................16<br />
2.2.8 Company Law ........................................................................................................17<br />
2.2.9 Conclusion .............................................................................................................18<br />
2.3 BUSINESS FINANCE IN CHINA (BY CINDERELLA FREIIN VON DUNGERN) .....................19<br />
2.3.1 Financial framework for foreign direct investments..............................................20<br />
2.3.1.1 Financial sector development in <strong>China</strong> ..........................................................21<br />
2.3.1.2 Financial institutions ......................................................................................23<br />
2.3.1.3 Legal framework for financial structuring .....................................................30<br />
2.3.1.4 Instruments of financial control in <strong>China</strong> .......................................................32<br />
2.3.2 <strong>China</strong>’s financial markets.......................................................................................35<br />
iii
2.3.2.1 Stock market...................................................................................................36<br />
2.3.2.2 Bond market ...................................................................................................37<br />
2.3.2.3 Foreign exchange market...............................................................................38<br />
2.3.2.4 Interbank money market.................................................................................38<br />
2.3.2.5 Short term debt securities market...................................................................40<br />
2.3.3 Instruments of financial management ....................................................................40<br />
2.3.3.1 Equity financing.............................................................................................42<br />
2.3.3.2 Debt financing ................................................................................................45<br />
2.3.3.3 Currency management ....................................................................................48<br />
2.3.4 Conclusions ............................................................................................................50<br />
3. PRE-ENTRY STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS TO MAXIMISE BUSINE SS<br />
POTENTIAL................................................................................................................. 53<br />
3.1 PRE-ENTRY CONSIDERATIONS: NEED FOR BUSINESS SELF-EXAMINATION (BY KLAUS<br />
KUKOVETZ).................................................................................................................53<br />
3.1.1 General Readiness to <strong>Venture</strong> Abroad...................................................................54<br />
3.1.2 Specific Fit with the New Environment: Products and/or Partners .......................54<br />
3.1.3 Practical Illustrations..............................................................................................55<br />
3.1.3.1 Case Study 1: A Swiss labelling and labelling sys tems company (LLSC)....55<br />
3.1.3.2 Case Study 2: Swiss printing systems company (SPSC) ...............................57<br />
3.2 MAXIMISING POTENTIAL THROUGH STRATEGIC FIT WITH POTENTIAL PARTNERS (BY<br />
RAINER G. KIRCHHOFER AND STEPHAN LECHNER) .....................................................61<br />
3.2.1 Issues and Scope of this Paper ...............................................................................61<br />
3.2.2 Changes in <strong>China</strong>’s Attitude towards Investors.....................................................62<br />
3.2.2.1 <strong>The</strong> Chinese Government ...............................................................................62<br />
3.2.2.2 Creation of Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Free Trade Zones (FTZ), and<br />
High Technology Development Zones ..........................................................64<br />
3.2.3 Foreign Governments .............................................................................................66<br />
3.2.3.1 Export Risk Insurance ....................................................................................66<br />
iv
3.2.3.2 Special Funds for Setting Up Businesses .......................................................66<br />
3.2.4 Environment for Investors .....................................................................................67<br />
3.2.4.1 Tax Holidays, Customs Liberation, and Other Incentives .............................67<br />
3.2.4.2 Loans and Guarantees by the State ................................................................68<br />
3.2.4.3 Legal Framework for Foreign Investment .....................................................69<br />
3.2.4.4 Legal Provisions Concerning Land Use.........................................................69<br />
3.2.4.5 Intellectual Property .......................................................................................70<br />
3.2.4.6 Guanxi ............................................................................................................71<br />
3.2.4.7 Environmental Protection ...............................................................................72<br />
3.2.5 Forms of Foreign Investment in <strong>China</strong> ..................................................................73<br />
3.2.5.1 Sino-foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s................................................................74<br />
3.2.5.2 Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV) ................................................................74<br />
3.2.5.3 Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises (WFOE)................................................74<br />
3.2.5. 4 Chinese Holding Companies..........................................................................75<br />
3.2.5.5 Comparison between Investment Vehicles ....................................................76<br />
3.2.6 Strategy Planning ...................................................................................................78<br />
3.2.7 Risk Analysis .........................................................................................................79<br />
3.2.8 Key Success Factors in Chinese Investments ........................................................80<br />
3.2.9 Profiles of Partners Participating in an Investment in <strong>China</strong>.................................83<br />
3.2.9.1 Ideal Profile ....................................................................................................83<br />
3.2.9.2 Dimensions of the Profiles .............................................................................84<br />
3.2.9.3 Profiles of the Partnering Companies .............................................................87<br />
3.2.10 Fund Raising for the Investment in <strong>China</strong> .............................................................97<br />
3.2.10.1 How can the Swiss Government Support SME's Investing in <strong>China</strong>? ...........97<br />
3.2.10.2 How can Swiss Banks Function as Partners?.................................................98<br />
3.2.10.3 Which Fund Raising Strategies should SME's follow for Investment in<br />
<strong>China</strong>?.............................................................................................................98<br />
3.2.11 Management of Human Resources ......................................................................100<br />
3.2.11.1 Managing Labour Law .................................................................................100<br />
v
3.2.11.2 Human Resources as a Cost Factor ..............................................................100<br />
3.2.11.3 Local Staff versus Expatriates ......................................................................101<br />
3.2.11.4 Expatriates and Intercultural Management Skills ........................................101<br />
3.2.12 Management of Relationship ...............................................................................102<br />
3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss ..................................................................................105<br />
3.2.13.1 Company Profile ..........................................................................................105<br />
3.2.13.2 Motivation for Founding Swisstec ...............................................................105<br />
3.2.13.3 Choosing the Partners and Establishment of the Company .........................105<br />
3.2.13.4 Human Resources.........................................................................................106<br />
3.2.13.5 Summary ......................................................................................................106<br />
3.3 MAKING A HIGH - TECH MARKET ENTRY (BY MATTHIAS KÄSTNER)........................107<br />
3.3.1 <strong>The</strong> Choice of the Market Entry Mode: A Framework........................................108<br />
3.3.1.1 Internal Determinants...................................................................................109<br />
3.3.1.2 External Determinants ..................................................................................110<br />
3.3.1.3 <strong>The</strong> Role of Technology...............................................................................111<br />
3.3.2 SME’s Objectives for <strong>China</strong> Activities................................................................111<br />
3.3.2.1 Objective 1: Exploiting Domestic Sales Opportunities................................112<br />
3.3.2.2 Objective 2: Exploiting Existing Know-How and Proprietary Technology 113<br />
3.3.2.3 Objective 3: Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages ..............................114<br />
3.3.2.4 Objective 4: Providing After Sales Service and Maintenance .....................114<br />
3.3.2.5 Objective 5: Research and Development .....................................................115<br />
3.3.3 Assessment of Bargaining Situations for SMEs ..................................................115<br />
3.3.3.1 Bargaining Situation I: SME – Local Chinese Authorities ..........................118<br />
3.3.3.2 Bargaining Situation II: SME – Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner ...................120<br />
3.3.3.3 Bargaining Situation III: SME – Trading House / Distributor.....................122<br />
3.3.3.4 Bargaining Relation IV: SME – Chinese Technology Recipient.................123<br />
3.4 NEGOTIATING FOR A JOINT VENTURE: STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS (BY BRIGITTA<br />
JOHO AND JÜRGEN MÜLLER) .....................................................................................125<br />
3.4.1 Culture..................................................................................................................126<br />
vi
3.4.1.1 National Culture ...........................................................................................126<br />
3.4.1.2 Business Culture...........................................................................................127<br />
3.4.1.3 Corporate culture ..........................................................................................127<br />
3.4.2 Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong><br />
..............................................................................................................................127<br />
3.4.2.1 Understanding of Confucianism...................................................................128<br />
3.4.2.2 Guanxi and the importance of family and friends ........................................129<br />
3.4.2.3 Self-Presentation ..........................................................................................129<br />
3.4.2.4 Conversation at the first meeting .................................................................131<br />
3.4.2.5 Negotiation process and its communication problems .................................132<br />
3.4.2.6 Yes and No...................................................................................................134<br />
3.4.2.7 Further Differences between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong>...................134<br />
3.4.3 Experiences of European Companies with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong> ...................135<br />
3.4.3.1 Interviewed Companies................................................................................135<br />
3.4.3.2 Interviews .....................................................................................................136<br />
3.4.3.3 Important Factors .........................................................................................136<br />
3.4.3.4 Evaluation of the Interviews ........................................................................140<br />
4. POST-ENTRY STRATEGIC CONSIDERATIONS.............................................. 141<br />
4.1 POST -ENTRY CONSIDERATIONS: NEED FOR RE-EVALUATION AND RE-POSITIONING (BY<br />
KLAUS KUKOVETZ) ...................................................................................................141<br />
4.1.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................141<br />
4.1.2 Case studies..........................................................................................................142<br />
4.1.2.1 Luxury goods company in <strong>China</strong> (LGC)......................................................142<br />
4.1.2.2 Consumer goods company in <strong>China</strong> (CGC).................................................144<br />
Epilogue ..................................................................................................................................148<br />
5. REFERENCES........................................................................................................... 149<br />
6. APPENDIX ................................................................................................................. 159<br />
6.1 FACT SHEET PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA..............................................................159<br />
vii
List of Figures<br />
FIGURE 2-1: DEVELOPMENT OF FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENTS (IN BILLION USD)<br />
COMBINED WITH KEY EVENTS IN CHINA, 1976 - 2000...................................6<br />
FIGURE 2-2: STRUCTURE OF CHINA'S FINANCIAL SECTOR............................................. 24<br />
FIGURE 2-3: STRUCTURE OF CHINA'S BANKING SECTOR................................................. 25<br />
FIGURE 3-1: ORGANISATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PEOPLE 'S REPUBLIC OF<br />
CHINA........................................................................................................... 63<br />
FIGURE 3-2: MAP OF CHINA............................................................................................. 65<br />
FIGURE 3-3: PRELIMINARY STRUCTURE OF THE "SINO-SWISS PARTNERSHIP FUND".... 67<br />
FIGURE 3-4: MANAGEMENT CONTROL VS . FINANCIAL EXPOSURE OF VARIOUS<br />
INVESTMENT VEHICLES................................................................................ 76<br />
FIGURE 3-5: DEVELOPMENT OF FORMS OF CO-OPERATION IN CHINA............................. 78<br />
FIGURE 3-6: IDEAL PROFILE OF A COMPANY INVESTING IN CHINA................................... 84<br />
FIGURE 3-7: PROFILE OF A TYPICAL SMALL OR MEDIUM ENTERPRISE............................. 88<br />
FIGURE 3-8: PROFILE OF A CHINESE JOINT VENTURE PARTNER.................................... 89<br />
FIGURE 3-9: PROFILE OF FOREIGN BANKS AND GOVERNMENT INSTITUTIONS................ 90<br />
FIGURE 3-10: PROFILE OF BUSINESS PARKS..................................................................... 91<br />
FIGURE 3-11: PROFILE FOR THE OPTIMUM COMBINATION OF AL L POTENTIAL PARTNERS. 92<br />
FIGURE 3-12: PROFILE OF SUZHOU MFN EMBROIDERY CO. LTD.................................... 93<br />
FIGURE 3-13: PROFILE OF SUZHOU NOVE FASHION & CRAFTS CO. LTD......................... 95<br />
FIGURE 3-14: PROFILE OF SWISSTEC................................................................................ 96<br />
FIGURE 3-15: THE WAY TO "GOLDEN TOWN "..................................................................104<br />
FIGURE 3-16: DETERMINANTS FOR THE CHOICE OF THE MARKET ENTRY STRATEGY......109<br />
FIGURE 3-17: INTERNAL DETERMINANTS .........................................................................110<br />
FIGURE 3-18: THE CHOICE OF MARKET ENTRY STRATEGY.............................................112<br />
FIGURE 3-19: THREE LEVELS OF CULTURE......................................................................126<br />
viii
List of Tables<br />
TABLE 2-1: THE AREAS OF THE FOUR SPECIALISED BANKS............................................ 26<br />
TABLE 2-2: DIFFERENCES IN BANKING SERVICES .......................................................... 29<br />
TABLE 3-1: SWOT ANALYSIS FOR SPSC IN RESPECT TO MARKET ENTRY IN ASIA...... 58<br />
TABLE 3-2: INCENTIVES FOR FOREIGN INVESTORS........................................................ 68<br />
TABLE 3-3: OVERVIEW OF INVESTMENT VEHICLES IN CHINA......................................... 77<br />
TABLE 3-4: STRATEGIC QUESTIONS FOR SME'S PLANNING TO INVEST IN CHINA......... 79<br />
TABLE 3-5: RISK ANALYSIS OF INVESTMENTS IN CHINA................................................. 80<br />
TABLE 3-6: KEY SUCCESS FACTORS C ONCERNING PRODUCTS AND MARKETS............. 81<br />
TABLE 3-7: SUCCESS FACTORS CONCERNING CHINESE PARTNERS.............................. 82<br />
TABLE 3-8: KEY SUCCESS FACTORS CONCERNING COMPANY STRUCTURE AND<br />
ADMINISTRATION .......................................................................................... 83<br />
TABLE 3-9: QUALIFICATION PROFILE OF MANAGERS WORKING IN CHINA....................102<br />
TABLE 3-10: MEMBERS OF THE SWISSTEC ORGANISATION ...........................................105<br />
TABLE 3-11: EXTERNAL DETERMINANTS........................................................................110<br />
TABLE 3-12: TECHNOLOGY DETERMINANTS ..................................................................111<br />
TABLE 3-13: RELATIONS BETWEEN A SME AND ITS BARGAINING PARTNERS...............117<br />
TABLE 3-14: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />
AND CHINESE AUTHORITIES......................................................................118<br />
TABLE 3-15: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />
AND CHINESE JV P ARTNERS.....................................................................120<br />
TABLE 3-16: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />
AND DISTRIBUTORS....................................................................................122<br />
TABLE 3-17: INTERESTS, OBJECTIVES AND EXPECTATIONS BETWEEN HIGH-TECH SMES<br />
AND CHINESE TECHNOLOGY RECIPIENT...................................................123<br />
TABLE 3-18: COMPARISON OF VALUES AND BEHAVIOUR..............................................129<br />
TABLE 3-19: PRESENTATION OF THE OWN PERSON.......................................................130<br />
TABLE 3-20: COMMUNICATION BEHAVIO UR AT THE FIRST MEETING..............................131<br />
TABLE 3-21: MANAGER-THINKING: COMPARISON OF GERMANY/ SWITZERLAND AND<br />
CHINA.........................................................................................................134<br />
ix
Abbreviations<br />
ABC Agricultural Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
ADB Agricultural Development Bank<br />
APEC Asian-Pacific Economic Co-operation<br />
APT Arbitrage Pricing <strong>The</strong>ory<br />
BOC Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
Bocom Bank of Communications<br />
CAPM Capital Asset Pricing Model<br />
CCB <strong>China</strong> Construction Bank<br />
CCP Chinese Communist Party<br />
CHF Swiss Franks<br />
CIB <strong>China</strong> Investment Bank<br />
CITICIB <strong>China</strong> International Trust and Investment Corporation Industrial Bank<br />
CJV Contractual Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
CMB <strong>China</strong> Merchants Bank<br />
CS Credit Suisse<br />
CSRC <strong>China</strong> Securities Regulatory Commission<br />
DEM German Marks<br />
EBC Everbright Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
EIB Export and Import Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
EJV Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
EMH Efficient Market Hypothesis<br />
FDI Foreign Direct Investment<br />
FIB Fujian Industrial Bank<br />
FIC Foreign Investment Commission<br />
FIE Foreign Invested Enterprise<br />
GATT General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade<br />
x
GBP Pounds Sterling<br />
GDB Guangdong Development Bank<br />
GDP Gross Domestic Product<br />
GITIC Guandong International Trust and Investment Corporation<br />
HDB Hainan Development Bank<br />
HII High-net-income Individual<br />
HKD Hongkong Dollars<br />
HSBC Hongkong & Shangha i Banking Corp.<br />
HWI High-net-worth individual<br />
HXB Huaxia Bank<br />
ICBC Industrial and Commercial Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
IEB Import and Export Bank<br />
IFC International Finance Corporation<br />
IMD International Institute for Management Development<br />
IPO Initial Public Offering<br />
IT Information Technology<br />
JPY Japanese YEN<br />
M&A Mergers and Acquisition<br />
MPT Modern Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory<br />
NBFI Non-Bank Financial Institutions<br />
NETS National Electronic Trading System<br />
OCC Opened Coastal City<br />
OCP Opened Coastal Province<br />
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development<br />
OTC Over-the-counter<br />
p. page<br />
PB Private Banking<br />
xi
PBOC People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
PDB Pudong Development Bank<br />
PM Portfolio Management<br />
PRC People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong><br />
RMB Renminbi Yua n<br />
SBC Swiss Bank Corporation, now: UBS<br />
SBG Schweizerische Bankgesellschaft, now: UBS<br />
SDB State Development Bank<br />
SEC United States Securities and Exchange Commission<br />
SGD Singapore Dollars<br />
ShDB Shenzhen Development Bank<br />
SOE State-owned enterprise<br />
SSE Shanghai Securities Exchange<br />
STAQS Securities Trading Automated Quotation System<br />
U.K. United Kingdom<br />
U.S. United States (of America)<br />
UBS AG New Name of the united UBS and SBC (Juli 1998)<br />
USD US Dollars<br />
WFOE Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise<br />
WTO World Trade Organisation<br />
xii
1. Introduction: <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong><br />
Paul Krebs was perplexed and bewildered. Throughout his 22 years as an international<br />
businessman, he has never experienced such inexplicable treatment from his business allies<br />
and acquaintances as he did in <strong>China</strong> recently. It was not that they treated him badly, or they<br />
tried to cheat him or twist his arms. <strong>The</strong>se would not have been surprising at all. <strong>The</strong><br />
perplexing or even bewildering aspect of this episode lies in the fact that they treated him so<br />
very well, treating and feasting him like a VIP, and yet refused to discuss anything relating to<br />
the continuation of a supposedly on-going business, evading and postponing indefinitely<br />
every mention of work and business.<br />
This is definitely strange but should not be inexplicable. After all, these are supposedly<br />
business people and people his firm has been working with over the last 3 years. Indeed,<br />
everything went very well when Mr. Zheng was running the business for him in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong><br />
business started up in <strong>China</strong> without a hitch and the deals struck were always profitable.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re was no difficulty whatsoever. No problem was ever brought up to him. He only heard<br />
good news every time he asked. <strong>The</strong> accounts always looked good, in fact too good to be true.<br />
If everything else were not real, at least the money which flowed into his firm’s bank account<br />
in Switzerland were real.<br />
Is this what Guanxi is all about? He heard so much about Guanxi from others, yet never<br />
experienced any problem with it. Perhaps, his firm’s dealings with <strong>China</strong> has been bouyed by<br />
Mr. Zheng’s Guanxi. With Mr. Zheng gone, there is no more Guanxi. This seems plausible,<br />
yet it does not explain the extreme kindness and hospitality of the Chinese. If the Guanxi is<br />
still there, why then are the Chinese not talking business with him. If there is no intention of<br />
wanting to do business, why should they be so nice to him? If Guanxi was the web of<br />
relationships which helped buoy his business in <strong>China</strong> in the past, then it would seem to be a<br />
spider’s web which renders him helpless and unable to move his business now.<br />
Such thoughts have occupied Paul Krebs’ mind since he went on his business trip to <strong>China</strong> 3<br />
weeks ago. <strong>The</strong>re seems to be no logical explanation for all these. It is incredible how one<br />
man (Mr. Zheng) can do so much difference to a business.<br />
Mr. Zheng was an employee of Paul Krebs. He came to work for Paul’s firm after his<br />
graduation from a university in Germany. He was bright, and very hardworking and<br />
responsible. As a result, he soon ear ned the trust and respect of his boss, Paul. After working<br />
3 years with Paul’s firm, he expressed his desire to return home to <strong>China</strong>. This was when Paul<br />
1
Krebs decided that he should perhaps venture into <strong>China</strong> and offered Mr. Zheng the<br />
opportunity to head-up a new venture in <strong>China</strong>. Mr. Zheng readily agreed and set-up a<br />
successful venture for Paul in Shanghai.<br />
Three months ago, Mr. Zheng told Paul that he had been offered the job of General Manager<br />
by an American company in <strong>China</strong> to take overall responsibility for its operations there. He<br />
was offered a pay package worth 3 times his salary working for Paul’s firm. It was an<br />
opportunity too good to miss for Mr. Zheng. Paul did not think Mr. Zheng was worth that<br />
money at that point in time. It is not that the venture in <strong>China</strong> could not generate the kind of<br />
money Mr. Zheng asked for. He could have paid Mr. Zheng more than what the competitor<br />
offered. He just felt that the amount was too high and that the company could replace Mr.<br />
Zheng with some other person at a c heaper salary, or he can just do the job himself. After all,<br />
the past deals involved importing Chinese products and exporting European products to<br />
<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing so complicated about that, and most times, deals are repeated anyway.<br />
He therefore wished Mr. Zheng “Good luck” and let him go, not realising that following Mr.<br />
Zheng’s departure, there would be no more deals, not even the renewal of the repetitious deals<br />
of the past. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing sinister about this. Mr. Zheng has acted correctly in this matter,<br />
as Paul has realised during his recent trip to <strong>China</strong>. He did not take any of the past deals with<br />
him to his new company.<br />
Returning to Zurich in Switzerland, Paul’s mind continued to be occupied with his <strong>China</strong><br />
<strong>Venture</strong>. True, he has already closed down his small assembly and warehousing operation in<br />
<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>re is also no hope of ever reviving the highly successful and profitable trading<br />
operations he had under Mr. Zheng's management. He should not be wasting his time there,<br />
neither should he be wasting his thoughts now, by thinking about something which is<br />
essentially over. But he just could not get his mind off his <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />
In a recent family reunion with his brother’s family, he learnt from his niece who studied at<br />
the University of St. Gallen (HSG) that she had been to <strong>China</strong> with her Management in Asia<br />
class. He was impressed with his niece’s knowledge of <strong>China</strong> and wished he had a discussion<br />
with her earlier. He managed to get a copy of her class report and started to read about<br />
“Business Environment and Opportunities in <strong>China</strong>: Shanghai and its Surrounding Regions" 1 .<br />
<strong>The</strong>reafter, he decided to contact the Asia Research Centre at the Research Institute for<br />
International Management at the University of St. Gallen.<br />
2
After a short discussion with the professor there, Paul was given a stack of students’ papers in<br />
the area of “Venturing in <strong>China</strong>: Business Environment and Strategic Considerations”. This,<br />
according to the professor, could provide the information he needed. He took the stack of<br />
pape rs home and started to review them and reflect on his recent past – <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>.<br />
<strong>The</strong> papers provided a comprehensive overview of the business environment and strategic<br />
considerations for business venturing in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> first couple of papers surveyed the<br />
business environment in <strong>China</strong> and discussed such environmental aspects like the operating<br />
legal and financial systems.<br />
Knowing the environment in <strong>China</strong> is only the first step to strategy formulation and business<br />
venturing. Realising one’s own strengths, weaknesses and potentials is just as important.<br />
Business self-examination is therefore a critical pre -entry requirement. It also enables the<br />
business to plan for strategic fit with its potential partners in <strong>China</strong> in order to maximise its<br />
own potential and to overcome possible problems and avoid potential pitfalls in the new<br />
operating environment in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Understanding the social and cultural differences there will certainly go a long way to help<br />
with business negotiations as well as business operations and success in <strong>China</strong>. Having<br />
technology to offer will also provide the firm with additional bargaining power in negotiations<br />
and help win over strategic allies in <strong>China</strong>, which could be influential business partners as<br />
well as government officials.<br />
Making a successful business entry into <strong>China</strong> is important. Sustaining it requires further<br />
effort. <strong>The</strong>re is also the need for continual re -evaluation and re-positioning of the on-going<br />
business given the continuous and rapid changes in the laws and operating environment in<br />
<strong>China</strong>. Human problems resulting from local employees as well as local business partners,<br />
such as the resignation of your Chinese General Manager, may require a thorough re-<br />
examination or even re-organisation of your business venture there, in spite of its past<br />
success.<br />
Paul ponders about these points as he reviewed these papers, relating always to his own <strong>China</strong><br />
venture...<br />
1 <strong>The</strong> book 'Business Environment and Opportunities in <strong>China</strong>: Shanghai and its Surrounding Regions'<br />
was published by German University Press, a subsidiary of Gabler Verlag in 1998.<br />
3
2. <strong>The</strong> Chinese Business Environment<br />
<strong>The</strong> economic transformation of modern <strong>China</strong> from a Soviet-style, centrally planned<br />
economy to one which is increasingly market-oriented and open to foreign business<br />
investments and operations began in 1978. <strong>The</strong> story of <strong>China</strong>’s economic reform based on<br />
the setting up and rapid growth of a market economy which is becoming increasingly<br />
important, and in parallel to an existing and dominant command economy which shrinks in<br />
tandem with the growing dominance of the market economy, provides certainly an interesting<br />
lesson in economic transformation change. Matthias Weibel wrote about the <strong>China</strong> Reform<br />
story ...<br />
2.1 <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> Reform story (by Matthias Weibel)<br />
Under the guidance of Deng Xiaoping the economic reforms started with the “Four<br />
Modernisations“ involving agriculture, industry, science and technology, and national<br />
defence. In agriculture the authorities replaced the old collectivisation with a system of<br />
household responsibility. In industry, the authority of local officials and plant managers were<br />
increased. A wide variety of small-scale enterprises in services and light manufacturing were<br />
also permitted. <strong>The</strong> economy was opened increasingly to foreign trade and investment.<br />
Knowing that the modernisation of the Chinese industry could not be realised without foreign<br />
resources, the government also decided to establish four Special Economic Zones along the<br />
Chinese south coast, offering attractive incentives for foreign firms and creating a secure<br />
economic environment. In these zones, <strong>China</strong> offered low tax rates, low bureaucratic hurdles,<br />
and permission to repatriate the profits gained, in addition to relatively cheap land and labour.<br />
At the same time, several provinces (Opened Coastal Provinces - OCPs) 2 and cities (Opened<br />
Coastal Cities - OCCs) 3 were allowed to provide similar incentives for foreign investors.<br />
Chinese firms, especially those in big cities like Shanghai, were selected for greater<br />
autonomy. Since management was no longer subject to central government control, the<br />
resident managers were now in charge of the bottom-line, and had a free hand in the choice of<br />
suppliers, production methods, marketin g, administration and accounting. Banks were also<br />
given greater autonomy in providing loans. <strong>The</strong> reforms encouraged Chinese companies to<br />
2<br />
Lioning, Hebei, Tianjin, Shandong, Jiangsu, Shanghai, Zhejiang, Fujian, Guangdong, Hainan,<br />
Guangxi.<br />
3<br />
Dalian, Tianjin, Qingdao, Shanghai and Guagzhou.<br />
4
co-operate with other firms, especially foreign firms. (In Shanghai, for example, foreign Joint<br />
<strong>Venture</strong>s have been allowed since 1983).<br />
To improve the development of science and technology, the government provided substantial<br />
funding to facilitate technology and knowledge transfer from foreign countries to <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Thousands of students were sent abroad to study. Chinese universities were also rebuilt<br />
(having been suppressed during the Cultural Revolution) and given certain autonomy. Since<br />
then, the expenditure on research has increased enormously and international relationships<br />
multiplied.<br />
Thanks to the reforms, the Chinese economy took off in the 1980s. Agricultural output<br />
doubled during the same period and the country’s GDP had quadrupled since 1978. Industry<br />
posted major gains, especially in coastal areas near Hong Kong and opposite Taiwan, where<br />
foreign investment helped spur output of both domestic and export goods. However, such<br />
rapid economic growth has also been accompanied by unacceptable social consequences like<br />
unnecessary bureaucracy, lassitude, corruption, socially unacceptable greed among parts of<br />
the Chinese populace for windfall gains which threatened cultural values and social order, and<br />
inflation.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Tiananmen Square incident in June 1989 dampened economic growth temporarily.<br />
Nevertheless, following the announcement of far-reaching reforms during Deng Xiaoping’s<br />
trip to the Southern Special Economic Zones, foreign investments were boosted considerably.<br />
This could in part be attributable to the Bank of Japan’s more expansionary monetary policy<br />
at that time up to the middle of 1996, which also helped other Asia n nations.<br />
In 1992-96 annual growth of GDP accelerated, particularly in the coastal areas - averaging<br />
more than 10% annually according to official figures. In late 1993 <strong>China</strong>'s leadership<br />
approved additional long-term reforms aimed at giving still more scope to market-oriented<br />
institutions and at strengthening the control over the financial system. State enterprises<br />
continue to dominate many key industries in the new "socialist market economy."<br />
In spite of Deng Xiaoping’s death in February 1997, <strong>China</strong> continued on its road to economic<br />
reform. <strong>The</strong> Asia Financial Crisis also failed to dampen <strong>China</strong>’s economic performance. In<br />
fact, the Crisis has led the Chinese government to make extremely tough decisions to reform<br />
the banking institutions and to crack down on corruption. Such rapid changes in laws and<br />
institutions are never comfortable to people who are living and working in <strong>China</strong> as it affects<br />
their way of life and increase the feeling of uncertainty. Nevertheless, this should bode well<br />
for the economic future of <strong>China</strong>.<br />
5
45<br />
40<br />
35<br />
30<br />
25<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
5<br />
0<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
Law and SEZs<br />
Begin of the<br />
Four<br />
Modernisations<br />
Rural reforms<br />
announced<br />
Approval of 14<br />
more SEZs<br />
Set up of<br />
WFOE<br />
allowed<br />
Price<br />
reforms<br />
Tienanmen<br />
Square Incident<br />
Deng’s visit<br />
to the South<br />
Stock<br />
Exchange<br />
Opening<br />
Dual exchange<br />
rate abolished<br />
Deng‘s<br />
death<br />
Asian Crisis<br />
started<br />
1976 1978 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000<br />
FIGURE 2-1: Development of Foreign Direct Investments (in Billion USD) combined with<br />
key events in <strong>China</strong>, 1976 - 2000 4<br />
As Paul reads the <strong>China</strong> Reform Story, he could not help reflecting on his own <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />
”Deng Xiaoping started the reforms . His reforms lived on and prospered after him. Here was<br />
my <strong>China</strong> venture. It died when Mr. Zheng left...”. Paul felt little comfort in this thought, yet<br />
he was intrigued with the <strong>China</strong> Story ... and he read on ...<br />
Dr. Loretan, a trained and practising lawyer who has chosen to further his studies in business<br />
and economies at HSG wrote:<br />
2.2 <strong>The</strong> Legal System in <strong>China</strong> (by Dr. Michael Loretan)<br />
It has been 20 years since <strong>China</strong> opened its door to the world in 1978. <strong>China</strong> is a land of<br />
opportunities. Its potential purchasing power, especially in the long run, meets the dream of<br />
long-term investors. However, <strong>China</strong> is also a land of uncertainty for those investors who do<br />
not know much about its legal system, under which the game of investment has been, and will<br />
be played.<br />
4 Data based on IMF, 1997a, p. 296. See also Dony, 1986, p. 52.<br />
6
<strong>The</strong> Chinese operating legal system is a nascent system, emerging from the unique history,<br />
culture and social structure of <strong>China</strong>. All these factors should be taken into consideration in<br />
order to gather insightful understandings of the actual operation of the legal system. This<br />
paper provides a brief overview on Chinese legal history and the governmental structure of<br />
the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong>. It also provides a short in troduction to some general aspects<br />
of Chinese law, such as the legal structure, the judicial structure and some current problems of<br />
the operating legal system, as well as a first glance at the fields of Chinese law which are of<br />
particular interest to potential investors in one of the most promising markets of the future.<br />
2.2.1 Chinese Legal History<br />
<strong>The</strong> legal history of <strong>China</strong> is commonly divided into two parts, namely the part of traditional<br />
Chinese law spanning from the Xia Dynasty, the first dynasty in Chinese history more than<br />
4,000 years ago, to the Qing Dynasty in the early 20 th century, and the part of modern Chinese<br />
law, starting form the legal reforms during the Qing Dynasty to the present time.<br />
2.2.1.1 Traditional Chinese Law<br />
Traditional Chinese Law is, along with the common law family, civil law family, and the<br />
Islamic law family, considered as one of the four major law families. It has its foundations in<br />
the 21 st century BC and persisted until the beginning of this century. Despite the formal repeal<br />
of the Tradit ional Chinese Law in the early 1900s, it continues to exert its influence on<br />
contemporary society. In this sense, traditions may serve as explanation of peculiar practices<br />
and problems of the existing legal system.<br />
<strong>The</strong> features of the Chinese Legal Tradition which are distinct from Western traditions, and<br />
thus, to a great extent, contrary to the concepts of modern law, are the following:<br />
Traditional Chinese Law was constructed on the feudal system and protected the unequal<br />
status of persons. Equality before law has never been accepted as a legal principle. Social<br />
status has been more important than legal rules. Some practices of inequality before the law in<br />
contemporary <strong>China</strong>, such as the necessity to seek approval form a higher authority before<br />
investigatin g and prosecuting high-ranking officials, may still be attributed to this legacy.<br />
Traditional Chinese Law was founded on a totalitarian system rather than on a democratic<br />
model. <strong>The</strong> emperors reigned with absolute power and control over the entire country.<br />
<strong>The</strong>refore, the traditional Chinese legal system, in its function as a subordinate of the power<br />
structure, never tolerated the existence of legal rules other than those of the emperor. This<br />
7
forms a sharp contrast to Western civilisations, where the secular and religious powers and the<br />
legal system co-existed and fostered a tradition of plurality and supremacy of law. <strong>The</strong><br />
difficulty in today’s <strong>China</strong> to accept the supremacy of law may be considered as a<br />
consequence of Traditional Chinese Law.<br />
Criminal law formed the backbone of the traditional legal system. As a result, all types of<br />
litigation were subject to criminal procedures and law was generally viewed as a cruel<br />
instrument of suppression. <strong>The</strong> concept of private law reflecting the spirit of market<br />
exchange s among equal persons has never appeared in the traditional legal system. This again<br />
forms a sharp contrast to Western legal tradition, which is based to a great extent on private<br />
law. <strong>The</strong> lack of private law in Traditional Chinese Law and the dominance of criminal law<br />
may to a certain extent serve as an explanation of the generally hostile attitude towards<br />
litigation in contemporary <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Traditional Chinese Law did not know the formal separation of the judicial branch.<br />
Administrative officials exercised both the power of administration and the power of<br />
adjudication. <strong>The</strong> typical format of a traditional litigation was an inquisitional process backed<br />
by physical torture to obtain a confession. <strong>The</strong>refore, the traditional concept was that justice<br />
cannot be found in law, but from the intelligence and honesty of individual officials. This may<br />
serve as an explanation of the still widespread distrust in the official judicial structure. As a<br />
consequence, justice is often searched for outside the formal procedure in today’s <strong>China</strong>.<br />
<strong>The</strong> above features overshadow the generally accepted positive values of Traditional Chinese<br />
Law such as the mixed system of codification and precedents, the emphasis on the educational<br />
function of law, the rich experience in legal practice, and the function of law in stabilising<br />
social harmony. Still, the traditional legal system constituted an insurmountable obstacle in<br />
the historical course of transition towards modernisation. It had to be abolished in order to<br />
transit to a new era of Chinese legal development.<br />
2.2.1.2 Modern Chinese Law<br />
In order to cope with the development of the fledgling modern national economy, the Qing<br />
Dynasty promulgated reforms of the legal system in the early 20 th century. <strong>The</strong> major laws<br />
enacted at that time were all based on German, French and Japanese law. This modelled the<br />
new Chinese legal system according to civil law tradition. <strong>The</strong> following reasons caused the<br />
introduction of civil rather than common law.<br />
8
First of all, Britain’s predominant international status was dec lining at the beginning of the<br />
20 th century. Secondly, <strong>China</strong> and Japan are neighbouring countries which share the same<br />
or igin. Also Japan was the nearest modernised and westernised country to <strong>China</strong>. So it was<br />
convenient for Chinese to go to Japan to study modern Western sciences and knowledge,<br />
including law. As a result, both Chinese legislation and legal theory were substantially<br />
influenced by Japan. Since modern Japanese law was introduced from Germany, Japanese law<br />
was indirectly derived from the Roman law tradition and Chinese law followed the same path.<br />
Thirdly, it was impossible for a country like <strong>China</strong>, which had a well-established legal system<br />
with more than 4,000 years of history, to introduce common law because of the historical<br />
background and the nature of case law.<br />
In the 1930s the legal modernisation in old <strong>China</strong> came to its end. By that time, modern<br />
constitutional laws, civil laws, commercial laws, criminal laws, civil procedure laws and<br />
criminal procedure laws were introduced. This also marks the completion of the transition<br />
from the traditional Chinese law system to Roman civil law.<br />
In 1949 the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (hereafter the PRC) was founded by the Communist<br />
Party of <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Kuomintang government fled to the province of Taiwan. <strong>The</strong>re, the laws<br />
enacted on the mainland remained implemented. On the mainland however, a new legal<br />
system based on entirely different political, economic and ideological structures was<br />
established.<br />
<strong>The</strong> legal system in new <strong>China</strong> was developed by adopting that of the former Soviet Union.<br />
This new system was based on the following principles: in the economic field, public<br />
ownership and a centralised-planned economy; in the political field, people’s democratic<br />
dictatorship and the supremacy of the Party; and in the cultural and ideological field, the<br />
dominance of Marxist theory. 5<br />
In this context the idea arose that the policies of the Party and the State should be more<br />
important than legal rules, and a tendency to neglect or even violate rules and procedures for<br />
the sake of social reform appeared. As a result, law was perceived as something flexible and<br />
manipulatable. To a certain extent, this is still the dominant attitude in contemporary <strong>China</strong>.<br />
5 See the wording of the first article of the Constitution of the PRC: “<strong>The</strong> People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> is<br />
a socialist state under the people’s democratic dictatorship led by the working class and based on the<br />
alliance of workers and peasants. <strong>The</strong> socialist system is the basic system of the People’s Republic of<br />
<strong>China</strong>. Disruption of the socialist state by any organisation or individual is prohibited.”<br />
9
After its suspension during the period from 1956 to 1966, the legal system got literally<br />
destroyed with the so-called “Cultural Revolution”. <strong>The</strong> country was in a complete chaos, law<br />
was abolished and the legal apparatus, which was already inert, was completely smashed.<br />
After the “Cultural Revolution”, <strong>China</strong> began to engage in unprecedented legal<br />
reconstruction. Law was regarded as the most efficient and institutionalised means to<br />
safeguard people’s democracy, to prevent sudden social changes and to maintain the sustained<br />
economic development of the country. In the economic field, the policy of structural reform<br />
and opening up to the outside world has been introduced and implemented; the rigid planned<br />
economy has been abandoned in favour of a “Socialist Market Economy”. Corresponding to<br />
such a social scenario, the legal system has been redesigned for the purpose of implementing,<br />
institutionalising and strengthening the reform enterprise. <strong>The</strong> main achievements of the legal<br />
reconstruction include the following:<br />
<strong>The</strong> ideological change has to a great extent changed the popular view towards law. Chinese<br />
government and its population have become aware of the importance of law.<br />
Since 1979, <strong>China</strong> has embarked on a large-scale legislative endeavour with 3 new<br />
constitutions, more than 200 new laws and 80 decisions of the National People’s Congress;<br />
more than 700 administrative regulations of the State Council and its ministries, commissions<br />
and other branches; about 3,000 local regulations, and more than 10,000 local administrative<br />
rules of the local governments and their agencies.<br />
Throughout the country, a legal structure has been established, including the system of the<br />
people’s courts, the system of the people’s procuratorates and various governmental law<br />
enforcement organs.<br />
<strong>The</strong> legal profession has reappeared.<br />
Despite these achievements, some negative aspects of the systems could not be overridden.<br />
Severe problems due to profound contradictions and structural problems still need to be<br />
solved.<br />
2.2.2 Governmental structure<br />
<strong>The</strong> structure of the Chinese government exercises a great influence on the operating legal<br />
system. As a socialist country, <strong>China</strong>’s political structure is established on the system of<br />
pe ople’s congresses which are responsible for creating and supervising the administrative and<br />
judicial organs at all levels. Since the PRC adopts the unitary system and the principle of<br />
10
democratic centralism, all governmental organs function under the unified leadership of the<br />
central authorities, in line with the delegated powers. <strong>The</strong> following five levels can be<br />
distinguished in the governmental structure of the PRC:<br />
• the central level;<br />
• the provincial level;<br />
• the prefectural level;<br />
• the county and city level;<br />
• the township and village level.<br />
<strong>The</strong> people’s congresses enjoy exclusive state power at each of the above mentioned five<br />
le vels. Directly below the respective congresses, there exist three branches: the governmental<br />
branch, the judicial branch and the procuratorial branch. <strong>The</strong> same pattern of structure can in<br />
principle be observed at each level of the governmental structure.<br />
However, it cannot be overlooked that beside the formal structure of the state organs, the<br />
Communist Party, as the leading and only political party possessing state power, has the<br />
decisive role in making, applying and reforming legal rules. <strong>The</strong>refore, the comprehension<br />
and interpretation of law needs to follow the Party’s policy and instructions.<br />
2.2.3 Legal structure<br />
As stated above, the legal structure closely relates to the governmental structure of the PRC.<br />
<strong>The</strong> National People’s Congress (hereafter the NPC) as the highest state organ has the unitary<br />
legislative power over the entire nation, and it delegates certain legislative powers to people’s<br />
congresses at lower levels and the central and local governments.<br />
On the top of the legal structure is the Constitution, the supreme law in <strong>China</strong>. 6 <strong>The</strong><br />
Constitution in force was enacted in 1982 and was revised respectively in 1988 and 1993,<br />
resulting in 11 amendments. Although the Constitution is the supreme law in <strong>China</strong>, it cannot<br />
be quoted in judicial verdicts and administrative decisions as direct legal ground for solving<br />
concrete disputes and problems. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is out of reach for the daily legal practice and<br />
operation. <strong>The</strong> second level of law are the legal documents promulgated by the NPC,<br />
6 An English translation of the Constitution of the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> may be found under:<br />
http://www.qis.net/chinalaw /prccon5.htm.<br />
11
including laws, decisions and ratified international treaties. 7 <strong>The</strong> third level are the documents<br />
enacted by the Standing Committee of the NPC. As a consequence of the NPC’s meetings<br />
held only once a year, the Standing Committee in practice represents the most important<br />
organ for the creation of new laws. <strong>The</strong> forth level comprises the legal documents made by<br />
the State Council (administrative regulations) and the documents issued by its ministries,<br />
commissions and departments (administrative rules).<br />
<strong>The</strong> above four levels of the legal structure are in a way easy to understand and easy to track.<br />
When it comes to the legal documents of the lower levels of <strong>China</strong>’s governmental structure,<br />
there exists a practically insurmountable flood of rules and regulations.<br />
A very special part in the Chinese legal struc ture play the documents in relation with the “One<br />
country-Two Systems” policy of the PRC. This set of laws deals with the reunification of<br />
mainland <strong>China</strong> with Hong Kong and Macau. Thus when realising this reunification, the PRC<br />
may, according to Article 31 of the Constitution, establish special administrative regions to<br />
retain the capitalist systems in these regions. Additionally, the legal system of these special<br />
administrative regions may be safeguarded. <strong>The</strong>refore, the NPC on April 04, 1990 adopted the<br />
Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and decided to establish this<br />
special administrative region on July 01, 1997 when <strong>China</strong> resumed its sovereignty over Hong<br />
Kong. And on March 31, 1993 it adopted the Basic Law of the Macau Special Administrative<br />
Region and decided to establish this special administrative region on December 20, 1999<br />
when <strong>China</strong> will resume its sovereignty over Macau. 8 As regards the separation of powers<br />
between the central authorities and the special administrative regions, the powers and<br />
functions enjoyed by the central authorities are strictly limited to those required for the<br />
protection of the national sovereignty and reunification of the motherland.<br />
2.2.4 Judicial Structure<br />
As already explained above, the judicial structure in <strong>China</strong> not only refers to courts, but also<br />
to procuratorates. <strong>The</strong> presidents of courts and procurator -generals are appointed by the<br />
pe ople’s congresses on the same levels, whereas the judges and procurators are appointed by<br />
the standing committees of the respective people’s congresses.<br />
7 A list of multinational treaties applicable to <strong>China</strong> may be found under:<br />
http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/treat1.htm.<br />
8 Legal documents relating to the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau may be<br />
found under: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/lawtran1.htm.<br />
12
<strong>The</strong> courts are the state organs exercising exclusive state adjudicatory power. Higher level<br />
courts supervise the work of the lower courts, and the courts at various levels are responsible<br />
to the respective people’s congresse s that created them. <strong>The</strong> courts have four levels, namely<br />
the Supreme People’s Court at the national level, high courts at provincial level, intermediate<br />
courts at prefectural level and basic courts at county and city level, respectively. <strong>The</strong><br />
procuratorates are the organs for legal supervision. Within the structure of the procuratorates,<br />
higher level proc uratorates direct the work of those at lower levels. <strong>The</strong> procuratorial organs<br />
at various levels are responsible to both the corresponding people’s congresses which created<br />
them and pe ople’s procuratorates at higher levels.<br />
<strong>The</strong> trial process is greatly influenced by the civil law jurisdiction in which the judge is the<br />
dominant party conducting a trail. In principle, each case has at the most two trails, which<br />
means that the right to appeal is limited. However, the parties may challenge a final decision<br />
through a trial supervision procedure.<br />
According to law, courts are to exercise their power independently and free from interference<br />
from any organisations or individuals. However, there exist in practice all sorts of interfe rence<br />
from inside and outside sources. Whereas interference from inside sources are known to<br />
Western systems as well, interference from outside sources do create a certain unease among<br />
Westerners. Protectionism between judges and the respective appointing bodies is still quite<br />
frequent in contemporary <strong>China</strong>. Very often judgements are entered under pressure from local<br />
governments and other organisations to bend justice for local interests or economy. Also in<br />
some places, taking gifts from parties to a litigation is not an uncommon practice. 9<br />
<strong>The</strong> above problems as regards the judicial independence are a lesser issue for foreigners than<br />
for <strong>China</strong> itself. <strong>The</strong> so-called Two-track System is a feature in Chinese law that treats foreign<br />
business concerns differently from domestic ones. In different aspects, such as taxation,<br />
foreign exchange, but especially in dispute settlement, foreign firms, as an incentive to<br />
investment in <strong>China</strong>, are accorded different, and in general more favourable, treatment than<br />
domestic firms. 10 According to this Two-track System, the principal institution for the<br />
resolution of disputes involving foreign firms is the <strong>China</strong> International Economic and Trade<br />
Arbitration Commission. It serves in all arbitration cases in which a foreign person, legal or<br />
9 This problem has been addressed by a new law lately, the actual results however are yet to be seen.<br />
10 From <strong>China</strong>’s point of view, this system appears to be a necessary stop-gap measure in the<br />
evolution of its economic and social reform. It was obvious that the general reform of the Chinese legal<br />
system would take time. But the special need for foreign investment law could not wait. <strong>The</strong>refore,<br />
<strong>China</strong> had to start with the latter first, while at the same time beginning to build a body of domestic law.<br />
13
natural, is involved, or even where no foreign person is involved if the case has to do with<br />
international economic activities. <strong>The</strong> <strong>China</strong> International Economic and Trade Arbitration<br />
Com mission is prominent in <strong>China</strong>’s legal system because of its recognised independence<br />
from political control, its adherence to transparent and internationally endorsed arbitration<br />
procedures, and its reputation for fairness. 11<br />
2.2.5 Current problems of the operating legal system<br />
Despite the fact that the Chinese government has made tremendous efforts to built up a legal<br />
system meeting international standards, many problems still need to be solved.<br />
In contemporary <strong>China</strong> a big gap exists between the law on paper and the law in practice.<br />
Notwithstanding the large number of laws and regulations enacted since 1979, the<br />
implementation of law remains a major challenge to the nascent legal system. Official <strong>China</strong><br />
starts to realise that the implementation of law shall be the major task for the next stage of the<br />
legal development in the PRC. In addition to this, the concepts of supremacy of law and the<br />
rule of law are still not entirely accepted by governmental officials. <strong>The</strong> crucial issue here is<br />
whether the government and the CPC are subject to law, or whether law is merely an<br />
instrument in governing the country.<br />
Another big issue in discussion is the transparency and accessibility of laws and regulations in<br />
<strong>China</strong>. Lawyers working with foreign clients often point out that it is difficult to get access to<br />
the content of laws and regulations that apply to business operations. <strong>The</strong> dissemination of<br />
legal information in <strong>China</strong> is so underdeveloped, so unsystematic that it is often difficult<br />
simply to find the applicable law. Even when the relevant rule can be found, provisions are<br />
often so broad and sketchy that it is difficult to be certain of a correct interpretation. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />
also no systematic compilation of court decisions that would aid in the interpretation of<br />
statutes and regulations. In addition to that, there is the vexing problem of the internal agency<br />
rules. <strong>The</strong>se rules are not published and therefore inaccessible to outsiders. This is even more<br />
irritating because the internal rules are frequently the real rules under which the respective<br />
state organs operate.<br />
Law enforcement not only requires the formal establishment of courts and procuratorates. <strong>The</strong><br />
four levels of courts explained above, the Supreme People’s Court, twenty-nine high courts,<br />
11 In contrast, Chinese domestic arbitration cases are handled by the Industrial and Commercial<br />
Arbitration Commission, under the Bureau of Industry and Commerce, which is itself under the<br />
14
more than three hundred intermedia te courts and more than three thousand basic courts, are in<br />
desperate search for qualified staff. Even now, after years of growth, law school graduates can<br />
fill only a fraction of the court system’s needs.<br />
2.2.6 Foreign Investment Law<br />
<strong>The</strong> legal framework for foreign investments in <strong>China</strong> is founded on three laws, which are the<br />
Chinese-Foreign Joint Equity <strong>Venture</strong>s Law, 12 the Chinese -Foreign Joint Co-operative<br />
<strong>Venture</strong>s Law 13 and the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises Law. 14 Since the enactment of the<br />
Company Law in 1994, an investor appears to have the option to establish a limited liability<br />
company either under the three laws on foreign-invested enterprises or under the Company<br />
Law. 15<br />
In addition to these national laws, regulations and rules on a national level as well as on lower<br />
levels should not be ignored. Furthermore, the policy on foreign investment is an important<br />
part of the legal framework for foreign investment in <strong>China</strong>. An investor should pay careful<br />
attention to the governing policy which may affect a particular investment project from time<br />
to time.<br />
It is important to note that foreign investment projects in <strong>China</strong> need to be approved by the<br />
respective state organs before they can be realised. <strong>The</strong>re used to be considerably different<br />
standards for approving such projects in different areas or regions. Since 1995, when the State<br />
Planning Commission, the State Economic and Trade Commission and the Ministry of<br />
Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation issued the Provisional Guidelines for Foreign<br />
Investment, the situation improved. According to these Guidelines, investment projects are<br />
divided into four categories: foreign investment projects are encouraged, permitted, restricted<br />
or prohibited, as the case may be. <strong>The</strong> encouraged, restricted and prohibited areas are<br />
specified in a list attached to the Guidelines. <strong>The</strong> projects falling outside the specified<br />
categories are pe rmitted. Projects of this latter category are allowed with neither preferential<br />
treatment nor restriction, compared with domestic projects.<br />
supervision of the Ge neral Administration of Industry and Commerce. <strong>The</strong> transparency and fairness<br />
in domestic arbitration cases is still far behind the respective standards on the international level.<br />
12 For the setting up of an equity joint venture see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setejv1.htm.<br />
13 For the setting up of a co-operative joint venture see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setcjv1.htm.<br />
14 For the setting up of wholly foreign owned enterprise see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setfoe1.htm.<br />
15 See below the short overview of the Company Law.<br />
15
2.2.7 Contract law<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese contract law system is divided into civil contracts and economic contracts; the<br />
former being split up into standard civil contracts and contracts relating to technology in the<br />
widest sense of the word (technology contracts), the latter being split up into domestic<br />
economic contracts and foreign economic contracts. 16 <strong>The</strong> following overview is limited to<br />
some comments with respect to the Foreign Economic Contract Law (hereafter the FECL),<br />
the most applicable source of law for foreign enterprises entering the Chinese Market.<br />
<strong>The</strong> FECL was promulgated on March 21, 1985 and became effective on July 1 of the same<br />
year. 17 <strong>The</strong> FECL covers all foreign commercial activities in <strong>China</strong> ranging from finance and<br />
trade to service and investment. It applies to all economic contracts between Chinese and<br />
foreigners, including the sale of goods, equity joint venture contracts, co-operative joint<br />
venture contracts, contracts for co-operative exploration, loan contracts, lease of property<br />
contracts, contracts for technology transfer, processing and labour contracts etc.<br />
According to the FECL, foreign economic contracts are contracts between enterprises,<br />
economic organisations or individuals of Hong Kong, Macau or a foreign country and<br />
Chinese enterprises. <strong>The</strong> FECL also applies where both parties to a foreign economic contract<br />
are foreign and the contract is either made or performed in <strong>China</strong>. 18<br />
<strong>The</strong> FECL does not apply to contracts between Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, co-<br />
operative joint ventures, or wholly foreign-owned enterprises and Chinese enterprises or<br />
individuals. In such cases the domestic economic contract law applies due to the fact that<br />
Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, co-operative joint ventures, or wholly foreign-owned<br />
enterprises are established as Chinese legal persons.<br />
According to Article 6 FECL, where Chinese laws are in conflict with international treaties, to<br />
which <strong>China</strong> is a signatory, the international treaty shall apply, except for provisions on which<br />
<strong>China</strong> has declared reservation. 19<br />
16 A big step forward in the legislative history of Chinese contract law is currently under preparation<br />
with the creation of a uniform contract law applying to all types on contracts and specific principles for<br />
individual contracts.<br />
17 On December 11, 1986, <strong>China</strong> ratified the 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the<br />
International Sale of Goods becoming effective on January 01, 1988.<br />
18 <strong>The</strong> FECL defines parties form Hong Kong or Macau as being foreign.<br />
19 <strong>China</strong> has declared reservation to Article 11 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the<br />
International Sale of Goods which states that contracts need not to be in writing. <strong>The</strong>refore and<br />
according to the FECL, all foreign economic contract need to be in writing.<br />
16
2.2.8 Company Law<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s first nation-wide Company law was promulgated on December 29, 1993 and became<br />
effective on July 1, 1994. Until that date, the only legal way in which a foreign registered<br />
company could establish its presence in <strong>China</strong> was the establishment of a representative<br />
office. A representative office is not allowed to carry on business, except for the activities<br />
involving liaison functions, exhibition, market research and exchange of information. <strong>The</strong><br />
representative office may have access to basic facilities and privileges, such as the right of<br />
residence, banking services and the right to import means of transport, which are essential for<br />
its daily operations. <strong>The</strong>re exist detailed rules as regards the procedure and requirements for<br />
the registration, renewal, change and termination of representative offices in <strong>China</strong>. 20<br />
<strong>The</strong> Company Law now foresees the possibility for a foreign company to carry on business in<br />
<strong>China</strong> without the foundation of a Chinese legal person. Article 199 provides that a foreign<br />
company may establish branches in <strong>China</strong> to undertake production and operational activities.<br />
This enables foreign companies to undertake business activities in <strong>China</strong> in their own name<br />
without the cost and delay of establishing a joint venture or a wholly foreign ow ned<br />
enterprise. Even though a foreign branch office is not a Chinese legal person, it is nevertheless<br />
subject to Chinese law and has to comply with all relevant rules and regulations. 21<br />
As stated above, a foreign investor appears to have the option to set up a limited liability<br />
company under either the Company Law or the laws on foreign-invested enterprises. One of<br />
the reasons affecting the respective decision is that a company under the laws on foreign-<br />
invested enterprises receives certain benefits and privileges which are theoretically<br />
unavailable to a company established under the Company Law. According to a widely spread<br />
interpretation of Article 18 of the Company Law however, a foreign-invested company<br />
established under the Company Law should be eligible to the benefits and privileges to it as if<br />
it had been formed under the relevant law on foreign investment.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Company Law provides for two kinds of companies: a limited liability company and a<br />
company limited by shares. <strong>The</strong> liability of both types of companies is limited, which means<br />
each shareholder in such a company assumes liability toward the company to the extent of the<br />
amount of shares held by him, but the company shall be liable for its debts to the extent of all<br />
20 For the setting up of a representative office see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setrep1.htm.<br />
21 For the setting up of a branch office see: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw/setbrof1.htm.<br />
17
its assets. <strong>The</strong> regulations with respect to the formation, the governance structure and<br />
dissolution of companies follows civil law tradition.<br />
2.2.9 Conclusion<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese legal system has been developing rapidly since the start of its reform. As<br />
discussed in this paper it cannot be denied that the system is still full of contradictions and<br />
problems. However, it is also true to say that <strong>China</strong> has achieved a lot in many respects over a<br />
relatively short period of time. <strong>The</strong> most important factor is that the Chinese legal system has<br />
embarked on the right path according to international sta ndards.<br />
In general, the legal system in <strong>China</strong> is still in a state of flux. <strong>The</strong>refore, Readers are<br />
encouraged to frequently check new laws and regulations and their amendments to ensure the<br />
accuracy of the legal posit ion on a particular issue of Chinese law. <strong>The</strong> following websites are<br />
highly recommendable for this purpose: http://www.qis.net/chinalaw and<br />
http://www.chinatoday.com/law .<br />
Reading Dr. Loretan’s exposition on the Chinese legal system helped Paul to appreciate the<br />
legal difficulties he felt in <strong>China</strong> while trying to take over the running of the <strong>China</strong> venture.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese legal system has to be understood within the context of Chinese history, culture<br />
and society. <strong>The</strong> process of thinking through the business has been extremely difficult for<br />
Paul. <strong>The</strong>re are so many things not spelled out in legal terms even though the responsibilities<br />
and obligations of all parties involved are clear. For example: What if a party did not carry out<br />
its obligations? <strong>The</strong>re seems to be no legal redress. This is troubling, even frightening. Yet to<br />
Mr. Zheng, this was never a problem. “We can trust them”, he would always say.<br />
Paul realised that the Chinese legal system is based on a culture and history quite different<br />
from that of his home country. Indeed, the new western based laws which have been<br />
introduced are probably not part of existing social order which defines a set of mutually<br />
acceptable rights and obligations for all parties. This mutuality is often assumed. Some of<br />
them may be spelled out to ensure clarity for all but certainly not for the purpose of legal<br />
enforcement. In other words, the working out of agreements is the result of social cohesion<br />
and mutual understanding among parties involved, and not the result of legal enforcement.<br />
18
Things seem have to become a lot clearer and explicable. <strong>The</strong>re is clearly much more to learn<br />
and understand about <strong>China</strong> and the <strong>China</strong> venture...<br />
<strong>The</strong> next paper focus on Business Financing in <strong>China</strong>. Cinderella Freiin von Dungern, now a<br />
doctoral candidate working on <strong>China</strong>, wrote:<br />
2.3 Business Finance in <strong>China</strong> (by Cinderella Freiin von Dungern)<br />
For investing in the Asian countries, the range of financing services is of significant<br />
importance. Due to the enormous economic growth and increasing welfare in this region, the<br />
efficient allocation of capital becomes an essential issue for further economic development.<br />
<strong>The</strong> importance of the financial sector in facilitating the transfer of resources from savers to<br />
investors is widely acknowledged. Efficient financial systems facilitate better mobilisation<br />
and use of resources, which accelerates the process of economic growth. 22<br />
<strong>The</strong> emergence of new markets in Asia, South America and Eastern Europe as well as the<br />
development of new free trade zones and economic areas have enlarged the arena not only for<br />
investments and products but also for client acquisition. Furthermore, the deregulation and<br />
liberalisation of financial markets have speedily led to the rapid internationalisation of<br />
business. On the supply side the disintermediation of financial and capital markets has created<br />
numerous new products, and strategies to capture and serve new clients are emerging. At the<br />
same time, the demand side is undergoing structural changes, primarily induced by clients<br />
becoming more sophisticated. 23<br />
<strong>The</strong> People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (hereafter „<strong>China</strong>“), with the highest population in the world,<br />
has the potential to become the biggest economy in the next century. Investing in <strong>China</strong> does<br />
not only depend on the stability of the legal system and on the openness of the market, but<br />
also on the financial stability and transparency. <strong>The</strong> financial crisis in Asia put the focus on<br />
the importance of further financial reforms. But due to the reticularly structured Asian<br />
economies, the potential spill-over-effects seriously interfere with efficient reforms. <strong>The</strong> big<br />
discrepancies between theory and reality became quite obvious.<br />
In spite of the financial crisis in Asia, foreign direct investment (FDI) continues to pour into<br />
<strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> proportion of investments made by US and Europe-based multinationals is<br />
increasing, while the nature of the investment deals being struck is beginning to mature. <strong>The</strong><br />
22 Zahid, 1995 b.<br />
23 Ehlern, 1997, p. 3.<br />
19
ways in which deals are being packaged are becoming increasingly sophisticated. <strong>The</strong> FDI<br />
deals have become adept at building an appropriate edifice that best suits the goals of the<br />
inbound foreign investor. <strong>The</strong> increasing sophistication of the Merger and Acquisition (M&A)<br />
process therefore is mirroring an increasingly sophisticated investment environment. 24<br />
Joint ventures in <strong>China</strong> are challenging at the best of times. With the turmoil in Asian equity<br />
and currency markets the challenges will intensify. Besides selecting a local partner and<br />
agreeing to the basic focus of a joint venture, the greatest challenge is to create a financial<br />
structure that is both possible and will minimise risk. Many new investors in <strong>China</strong><br />
underestimate the financial needs of a new joint venture. Frequently they do not take into<br />
account the long payment delays required to collect accounts receivable or the slowness in the<br />
bank payment system. Often their customers may themselves need long-term financing.<br />
This paper explains the main issues concerning business finance in <strong>China</strong>. This means first of<br />
all, the analysis of general financial conditions for foreign direct investments in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
<strong>The</strong>refore, the next part looks at the financial sector development and its main institutions. It<br />
also examines legal restrictions for banking in general and instruments of financial control in<br />
particular. <strong>The</strong> third part describes the single financial markets, which include the capital and<br />
money markets in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> fourth part provides the reader with potential instruments and<br />
means of financial management. From a theoretical point-of -view, these instruments do not<br />
differ from the ones, used in the Western hemisphere. But, as many things are special in<br />
<strong>China</strong>, this part points out the most important characteristics. <strong>The</strong> last part sums up the main<br />
results and finally, draws a conclusion.<br />
2.3.1 Financial framework for foreign direct investments<br />
<strong>The</strong> role and function of the financial sector in fostering growth has been a matter of debate<br />
and concern for many years. While most analysts and policymakers will agree that a well<br />
func tioning and efficient financial system can help promote economic development, there<br />
continue to be disagreements about the ownership pattern and institutional structure of the<br />
financial sector in most economies. In order to get a fundamental knowledge of financing<br />
facilities, this part explains the basic features of <strong>China</strong>’s financial system.<br />
24 <strong>China</strong> Business Review, August 13, 1998.<br />
20
2.3.1.1 Financial sector development in <strong>China</strong><br />
In 1949, all banks were expropriated and merged into a monobank system. <strong>The</strong> monobank,<br />
named <strong>The</strong> People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC), had an administrative function within the<br />
centrally planned economy, funnelling budgetary funds to the agricultural and industrial<br />
sectors and acting as a book-keeper. It served the function of retail bank, wholesale bank and<br />
central bank concurrently. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has undergone a number of fundamental changes in the<br />
reform years, leading to a total restructuring of <strong>China</strong>’s banking landscape.<br />
Before 1978, the financial system was largely irrelevant to the country’s macroeconomic<br />
performance. <strong>The</strong> overall paradigm of financial sector reform changed from a moderate to a<br />
more radical stance during four phases of reform beginning in the late 1970s. In the first<br />
phase, from 1979 to 1983, the scope of financial reform was limited to changes in the<br />
structure and operation of the state banking system. At the macro-level, financial institutions<br />
had to be adapted to fulfil the role of the financial intermediaries. On the one hand, the<br />
decentralisation of financial resources into the hands of households led to an explosion in<br />
their saving deposits. On the other hand, bank credit replaced the state budget as the main<br />
source of investment finance. At the micro-level, banks had to start including profitability<br />
among the objectives of their operations. <strong>The</strong>y began to learn to be more selective in granting<br />
loans to enterprises, and to monitor the performance of the latter in order to contribute to<br />
some timid hardening of their budget constraint. In addition, some non-bank financial<br />
institutions (NBFIs) started to develop. 25<br />
<strong>The</strong> second phase, from 1984 through 1988, was the real start of financial-sector reform. <strong>The</strong><br />
rationing of capital in line with the physical plan was abandoned, specialised banks emerged<br />
from the former unified state bank to become the pillars of the new financial system, and new<br />
NBFIs were created. <strong>The</strong> People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC) started to lose some of its powers,<br />
becoming solely the central bank in charge of enforcing a direct monetary policy within a<br />
system of directed capital.<br />
<strong>The</strong> third phase, from 1988 through 1992, was characterised by the experimental nature of<br />
financial-sector reforms. Within the context of a slowdown in reform, caused by the<br />
authorities’ exclusive focus on controlling inflationary pressures, most reforms were limited<br />
in scope, continuously reviewed and sometimes reversed. <strong>The</strong> authorities faced the dilemma<br />
25 Girardin, 1997, pp. 21.<br />
21
of re-establishing macroeconomic stability under the pressure of increasing demand for<br />
capital. This period also included allowing new financial intermediaries to emerge.<br />
<strong>The</strong> period starting in 1993 contrasts with the previous one since an attempt at<br />
macroeconomic stabilisation was this time accompanied by an acceleration in the pace of<br />
financial-sector reform. <strong>The</strong> reforms include the adoption of a new law for the central bank<br />
and for commercial banks stemming from the former specialised banks, and the transfer of<br />
policy lending from the specialised banks to new policy banks.<br />
As a result of the different phases of reform, the system is now characterised by the co-<br />
existence of two components. <strong>The</strong> main one, made up of specialised banks, is still under the<br />
control of the government. <strong>The</strong> second component is made up of financial intermediaries,<br />
which either are subject to little control by the authorities or manage to side step existing<br />
regulations. 26<br />
In general, the influence of <strong>China</strong>’s political system on the financial system is very high, like<br />
in any other mostly state-controlled business sector. <strong>The</strong> dominance of the state prevents the<br />
capital market from its important functions to mobilise and realise capital as well as allocating<br />
financial resources from investors to productive and efficient investments. <strong>The</strong> essential<br />
transparency of the capital market gets lost if the influence of the state is too high. On the<br />
other side, it is hardly possible to keep up a high level of stability without the interventions of<br />
the state, as it could be seen at the actual Asian crisis. <strong>China</strong> needs further reforms of its<br />
financial system, but as everywhere in the economy right now, the government has to face the<br />
dilemma between the necessarily deregulation and liberalisation on the one hand, and<br />
increasing instability and lack of control on the other hand. 27<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese government has the ambition to promote Shanghai to become one of the top<br />
international financial centres competing with New York, Tokyo, London and Hong Kong<br />
etc. in the future. Pudong New Area is becoming the most intensive financial centre of<br />
Shanghai with banks and financial institutions, where also international banks can get the<br />
licence for RMB-business, and where the new building of Shanghai Securities Exchange<br />
(SSE) is situated. <strong>The</strong> financial reform extended the only investment possibility, the FDIs, to<br />
several forms of indirect investment opportunities, like credits and loans, stocks and<br />
26 Girardin, 1997, pp. 22.<br />
27 Further research-work and more into detail information about the financial system in <strong>China</strong> can be<br />
gained from Schröder, 1994; Schüller, 1995; Reif, 1995; Liu, 1996; Tam, 1995; Zahid, 1995a and Cao,<br />
1995.<br />
22
securities, trading, initial public offerings as well as usual emissions even on international<br />
capital markets etc. <strong>The</strong> other securities exchange is located in Shenzhen. But there is still a<br />
long way to go. For example, the full convertibility of RMB, which is a fundamental<br />
requirement for an efficient financial system, has been under discussion for a very long time.<br />
Another barrier to become an international financial centre is the very strong regulated<br />
financial market as can be seen in the following.<br />
In March 1998, the new premier Zhu Rongji, outlined an ambitious reform programme and<br />
promised five years of rapid change. <strong>The</strong> financial sector reform is one of the three main<br />
objectives which should be achieved by the end of the century. <strong>The</strong> financial system must be<br />
overhauled, improving the supervisory and regulatory functions of the PBOC and making<br />
state banks operate as independent, commercial entities. <strong>The</strong> investment system has to be<br />
changed from a system mainly controlled administratively to one run on market principles.<br />
<strong>The</strong> full convertibility of the Yuan depends on when the ability of the central bank to<br />
supervise and regulate the economy met international standards. 28<br />
2.3.1.2 Financial institutions<br />
<strong>The</strong> financial institutions can be roughly divided into a bank and a non-bank sector. Figure 2<br />
gives an overview of the broad structure of the financial system in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> next figure<br />
shows a more precise structure of the banking system itself.<br />
Since 1983, the People’s Bank of <strong>China</strong> (PBOC) has been declared by the State Council as<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s central bank. It has established branches at provincial level, secondary branches at<br />
prefecture level and in medium-sized cities and sub-branches at county level. <strong>The</strong> decision-<br />
making body of the PBOC is its board of directors 29 . In 1993, it was transferred into a kind of<br />
Chinese Federal Reserve. At the National People’s Congress in March 1995, a very bold<br />
attempt was made to separate the PBOC from the executive arm of the government, thus<br />
removing it from the political influence of the Communist Party through the issuance of the<br />
central bank law.<br />
One of the special character of the Chinese banking system is the distinguishment between<br />
policy banks and commercial banks. Apart from the central bank, responsible for monetary<br />
policy and supervision of the financial system, the banking system in the mid-1990s is<br />
28 See South <strong>China</strong> Morning Post, March 3,1998.<br />
29 Hannan, 1995, p. 50.<br />
23
composed of, on the one hand, huge state commercial banks and on the other hand, new<br />
policy banks. <strong>The</strong> commercial banks split up in a group of specialised banks for separate<br />
sectors of the economy and a group of smaller commercial banks with either regional or<br />
nation-wide coverage, most of them established in the late 1980s. At the edge is a strong and<br />
growing competitive fringe of NBFIs that has emerged as a force in recent years. <strong>The</strong>re is also<br />
an expanding presence of foreign financial institutions in form of representative and branch<br />
offices.<br />
Policy<br />
Banks<br />
Foreign<br />
Banks<br />
State Council<br />
Central Bank<br />
Banks Non-bank Financial<br />
Financial<br />
Institutions<br />
Market<br />
Commercial<br />
Banks<br />
• state<br />
banks<br />
- state-<br />
-<br />
-<br />
• private<br />
banks<br />
Credit<br />
Cooperatives<br />
• rural<br />
•urban<br />
Trust and Investment<br />
Corporations<br />
Finance<br />
Companies<br />
Leasing<br />
Companies<br />
Insurance<br />
Companies<br />
FIGURE 2-2: Structure of <strong>China</strong>'s Financial Sector 30<br />
Interbankmark<br />
et<br />
Forexmarke<br />
t<br />
Stock<br />
Exchange<br />
OTC Market<br />
Securities<br />
Houses<br />
• investment<br />
•<br />
Rating<br />
agencies<br />
Completing the financial system are two securities exchanges, 17 regional securities trading<br />
centres, two electronic securities networks (STAQS and NETS) and a large number of diverse<br />
ancillary capital market institutions including brokers, dealers and underwriters. Current<br />
financial markets in <strong>China</strong> include: Stock markets, bond markets, foreign exchange market,<br />
interbank money market and a short -term debt securities market. In Chinese terminology, the<br />
division between capital and money market is less distinct (For a detailed description of the<br />
single markets within the financial system in <strong>China</strong> also see above). <strong>The</strong>se markets are all<br />
30 Source: Own figure on the basis of Girardin, 1997, p. 23, Schüller, 1995, p. 927 and Horstschäfer<br />
1997, p. 1108.<br />
24
underdeveloped compared with markets in Asia and the West, but have gradually begun to<br />
play an important role, at least in the allocation of funds between banks and non-bank<br />
financial institutions.<br />
Domestic banks<br />
<strong>The</strong> financial turmoil made clear that the modernisation of the antiquated banking system<br />
needed to become a national priority. <strong>The</strong> banks in the mainland face huge non-performing<br />
loans, flimsy capitalisation and declining profits. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has initiated reform measures<br />
since the beginning of the decade that have strengthened its own supervisory capabilities,<br />
while reducing the use of policy lending and introducing domestic institutions to international<br />
standards they will need to reach once the financial system is fully opened to multinational<br />
financial players. <strong>The</strong> PBOC, too, is being overhauled. <strong>The</strong> central bank is developing a<br />
structure that resembles the United States Federal Reserve.<br />
A range of new banks outside the „Big Four“ have made noticeable inroads into the<br />
mainland’s banking system in recent years. <strong>The</strong> impact of these new players is difficult to<br />
measure as statistics do not segregate categories of players adequately.<br />
Central Bank<br />
(PBOC)<br />
Policy Banks State Commercial Private Commercial Foreign Banks<br />
Banks<br />
Banks<br />
State Development<br />
Bank (SDB)<br />
Ex- & Importbank<br />
of <strong>China</strong> (EIB)<br />
Agricultural<br />
Development Bank<br />
of <strong>China</strong> (ADB)<br />
Specialised<br />
Banks<br />
BOC<br />
ABC<br />
CCB<br />
ICBC<br />
Universal<br />
Banks<br />
(nationwide)<br />
BOCOM<br />
CITICIB<br />
EBC, CIB<br />
CMB, HXB<br />
Regional<br />
Banks<br />
GDB<br />
ShDB<br />
PDB<br />
HDB<br />
FIB etc.<br />
FIGURE 2-3: Structure of <strong>China</strong>'s banking sector 31<br />
<strong>China</strong><br />
Minsheng<br />
Bank<br />
100% WFOE<br />
Branch<br />
Repr.-Office<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
31 Source: Own figure on the basis of Girardin, 1997, p. 23, Schüller, 1995, p. 927 and Horstschäfer,<br />
1997, p. 1108.<br />
25
However, the characteristics of the mainland’s banking system have changed rapidly in only<br />
five years. Nevertheless, it is essential not to leave out a basic overview of the structure of the<br />
banking system in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>refore Figure 2-3 shows the system as it is structured until now.<br />
At the beginning of the economic reform in the early eighties four specialised banks have<br />
been established: Industrial and Commercial Bank of <strong>China</strong> (ICBC), Bank of <strong>China</strong> (BOC),<br />
<strong>China</strong> Construction Bank (CCB, before March 26, 1996, it was called „People’s Construction<br />
Bank of <strong>China</strong>“) and Agricultural Bank of <strong>China</strong> (ABC). <strong>The</strong>ir major task is to grant policy<br />
loans to the state -owned enterprises (SOEs) of a specific economic sector. <strong>The</strong> areas of the<br />
four specialised banks provides an overview of their areas of specialty.<br />
Establishment Head office Specialised areas<br />
ICBC 1984 Beijing Handling industrial and commercial credits,<br />
loans and savings deposits<br />
BOC Originally in 1912 Shanghai since Handling foreign exchange and foreign<br />
1994<br />
trade<br />
CCB 1980s Beijing Lending long term financing for construction<br />
projects across the industries<br />
ABC 1980s Beijing Handling rural financial business<br />
TABLE 2-1: <strong>The</strong> areas of the four specialised banks 32<br />
In order to ease the financing pressure on the commercial banks and allow increased<br />
transparency and accountability in lending for large state-sponsored projects, three policy<br />
banks have been established in the middle of 1990s: <strong>The</strong> State Development Bank, the<br />
Agricultural Development Bank and the Ex- and Import Bank of <strong>China</strong> 33 . <strong>The</strong>y particularly<br />
provide long-term financing of important state projects. Nine banks, led by the Bank of<br />
Communications (Bocom), formed commercial banks, as the separation of the central and<br />
commercial banking functions began in 1987. <strong>The</strong> Bocom, which was founded in 1908, has<br />
its headquarter in Shanghai. Its branch in Hong Kong is one of the ten biggest banks there. It’s<br />
also the first bank in <strong>China</strong> in form of corporation with 50% state share of its registered<br />
capital. <strong>The</strong> other important commercial banks set up during this period include CITIC<br />
Industrial Bank, <strong>China</strong> Everbright Bank, <strong>China</strong> Investment Bank and <strong>China</strong> Merchants Bank<br />
as well as some regional development banks like Pudong Development Bank in Shanghai.<br />
Nearly all large Chinese banks are located in Shanghai. Private commercial banks are not<br />
typical for <strong>China</strong> until now, but the increasing emergence of such banks is quite obvious for<br />
the next future. <strong>China</strong> Minsheng Banking Corp. was <strong>China</strong>’s first privately owned bank,<br />
32 Source: Hannan, 1995, p. 51-52.<br />
33 Islam/Chowdhury, 1997, p. 279.<br />
26
established in January 1996 by 59 private companies. Minsheng is carving out a niche in<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s growing private sector, a customer base long neglected by the larger state owned<br />
banks. It may be <strong>China</strong>’s smallest national commercial bank, a minnow compared to the state-<br />
owned giants of <strong>China</strong>’s banking industry, but its aspirations are big. 34<br />
<strong>The</strong> most important domestic competitors are the four state-owned specialised banks, which<br />
together have about 120’000 branches in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> ICBC, for example, is the biggest of<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s big four state banks in terms of assets and employees. ICBC still allocates 70% of its<br />
loans to state firms. 35 <strong>The</strong> Bocom and the specialised banks are highly affected by the<br />
government policy granting loans to SOEs among the state -owned banks. <strong>China</strong>’s state banks<br />
are being undermined by the sheer scale of non-performing loans, although the conversion of<br />
central bank loans into equity would improve capital adequacy ratios and could be the first<br />
substantive step towards restructuring the sector. <strong>The</strong> increasing number of new banks pushed<br />
the existing specialised banks to further reforms in transforming themselves into market-<br />
oriented commercial banks, which try to be more flexible and customer focussed. Service at<br />
Chinese banks is getting better, but is still very poor. Nevertheless, since all business in <strong>China</strong><br />
requires to be conducted in RMB, it’s wise to let financial transaction done by domestic<br />
banks. <strong>The</strong> Shanghai government has directed local banks to favour loans to priority<br />
infrastructure projects, and all fixed-asset loans by <strong>China</strong>’s banks have been under the control<br />
of the central government since January 1994. This makes them not very reliable as a source<br />
for operating credits for either foreign or Chinese firms.<br />
Priority in the reforms, will be given to recapitalising the big four state-owned banks, while<br />
some smaller banks will be allowed to fail. This became clear as the Hainan Development<br />
Bank went bankrupt. Losses from its closure were covered by the authorities, but this may not<br />
be the case once closures and bankruptcies gain pace.<br />
Foreign Banks<br />
<strong>The</strong> restrictive regulatory environment, most notably the ban on RMB business, has<br />
discouraged and prohibited foreign banks from playing a prominent role in <strong>China</strong>. Foreign<br />
banks have historically not been allowed to open RMB accounts for customers, but they have<br />
been permitted to open foreign currency accounts for FIEs in Special Economic Zones. 36<br />
Nevertheless, by the end of 1995, 120 branches and 469 representative offices of foreign<br />
34 Business <strong>China</strong>, 1998, p. 12.<br />
35 Business <strong>China</strong>, 1998, pp. 12.<br />
27
anks were established in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>China</strong>’s commercial and financial capital Shanghai alone<br />
hosts 38 foreign banks and 119 representative offices, in 1997 the number of branches even<br />
raised to 70. This figure is increasing rapidly. 37<br />
However, the international banks can only do little more than arrange capital injection<br />
certification and continue lucrative trade finance because of numerous restrictions for foreign<br />
banks in <strong>China</strong>. In addition, opening an account with a foreign bank adds extra steps and<br />
expenses. Differences in banking services shows some differences between Chinese and<br />
international banks in financing investment projects in <strong>China</strong>. Until the end of 1996, no<br />
foreign bank could offer many day-to-day services to foreign companies or individuals in<br />
local currency. In January 1997, it was announced that nine foreign banks had been granted<br />
licences to undertake business in RMB. Among these group were the Citibank, Hong Kong &<br />
Shanghai Banking Corporation, Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Industrial Bank of Japan, Dai-Ichi<br />
Kangyo Bank, Sanwa Bank, Standard Chartered Bank and International Bank of Paris. Formal<br />
approval to actually transact business in RMB would be forthcoming when the conditions of<br />
the licence had been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the PBOC. According to PBOCs<br />
regulations, the foreign bank must have achieved profit in the last three years and engaged in<br />
medium- to long-term capital financing in <strong>China</strong>. Such a licence is only granted to those<br />
banks located in the Pudong New Area - the new financial district of Shanghai. (<strong>The</strong>y were<br />
also given the choice to maintain a sub-branch in the older Puxi district of Shanghai, but RMB<br />
business can only be handled in Pudong.) <strong>The</strong>ir total RMB loans are not allowed to exceed<br />
35% of their foreign currency liabilities. Compared with the total loans outstanding in <strong>China</strong>,<br />
this is only a very small amount. <strong>The</strong> banks each have to inject foreign currency capital<br />
(equivalent to no less than RMB 30 million) and convert it into RMB as working capital to<br />
run their RMB business. 38<br />
36 Wegner, 1998, pp. 23.<br />
37 Asian Wall Street Journal, April 1, 1996, p. 4; Jin Rong Shi Bao, March 5, 1996, p. 2.<br />
38 Klug, 1997, p. 7 and Wegner, 1998, p. 24.<br />
28
Chinese Banks Foreign Banks<br />
Financing services RMB financing services<br />
financing in foreign currency<br />
export financing<br />
trust loans<br />
required securities Mortgage<br />
capital injection certificate<br />
only 9 of them allowed<br />
allowed<br />
allowed<br />
seldom<br />
only as an additional security<br />
yes<br />
terms short term renewable max. 6-7 years, except longer term<br />
through project and export<br />
financing<br />
other banking services deposit accounts, foreign<br />
exchange, documentary<br />
operations for Chinese partners<br />
TABLE 2-2: Differences in banking services 39<br />
for foreign partners<br />
consulting foreign enterprises in<br />
entering the Chinese market<br />
<strong>The</strong>se foreign banks may only operate RMB accounts for FIEs that have legal registration in<br />
Shanghai. <strong>The</strong> foreign banks are still able to lend foreign currency funds to Chinese<br />
companies with transactional approval from the regulatory authorities, but under these new<br />
regulations are still not allowed to handle RMB-denominated business for local Chinese<br />
enterprises unless they have listed on an offshore stock exchange. Deposits from local citizens<br />
are also not permitted. <strong>The</strong> advantage for FIEs based in Shanghai, is that they can use one of<br />
these nine foreign banks for all their local and foreign currency transactions. they can expect<br />
higher standards of service from these banks and a better understanding of their international<br />
businesses.<br />
Many international banks from the German speaking region have set up their branches or<br />
representative offices in Shanghai such as Swiss Bank Corporation (SBC), Union Bank of<br />
Switzerland - in 1998, both banks merged to the new UBS AG - , Credit Suisse,<br />
Commerzbank, Dresdner Bank, Bayerische Vereinsbank or Westdeutsche Landesbank<br />
(WestLB). Most of them applied for a RMB-licence but are still waiting. <strong>The</strong> PBOC has yet<br />
to announce any specific plans to expand RMB business to other banks or other areas of the<br />
PRC. Due to the globalisation and further deregulation of <strong>China</strong>’s financial market, the<br />
financial landscape could dramatically change, but looking at the past, it becomes obvious<br />
that <strong>China</strong> could also suddenly stop every foreign influence and investment. However, it is<br />
expected tha t, as in the past, opening up the market will be on a step-by-step basis.<br />
Non-bank financial institutions<br />
In <strong>China</strong>, the non-state financial sector does not antedate the state banking sector; rather, it<br />
developed in response to controls over, and deficiencies in, that sector. Indeed, state banks are<br />
39 Klug, 1997, p. 2-6.<br />
29
typically poor at solving the problems of asymmetric information and at monitoring the<br />
performance of their borrowers. By contrast, non-bank financial institutions (NBFI) such as<br />
credit co-operatives, or less for mal organisations have comparative advantages in using local<br />
information, monitoring and enforcing sanctions on borrowers.<br />
NBFIs have greatly transformed the financial sector in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>y share five main<br />
characteristics. Firstly, they have broken the monopoly of state banks. Secondly, they are<br />
outside the narrow credit plan of the central government and the PBOC. Thirdly, they are<br />
more independent than banks, have more incentives to maximise profits and are subject to<br />
fewer regulations. Fourthly, there are very substantial problems of moral hazard in NFBIs,<br />
because they are mostly controlled by banks. Fifthly, regulations and laws concerning NFBIs<br />
are few, or are less well enforced than those concerning state-owned banks. 40 Shanghai is the<br />
most favoured place for non-bank financial institutions ranging from trust and investment<br />
corporations to finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, securities<br />
companies and thousands of rural credit co-operatives and urban credit co-operatives, often<br />
acting de facto like banks.<br />
2.3.1.3 Legal framework for financial structuring<br />
<strong>The</strong> detailed analysis of each and every one of all the established banking rules and<br />
regulations would go far beyond the objectives of this study. <strong>The</strong>refore, this part focuses only<br />
on the le gal development and two main laws in order to provide the reader with a basic<br />
understanding of the legal framework. 41 When the PRC was established, the old banking laws<br />
were annulled. As the country practised a planned economy and PBOC was the only bank, a<br />
central bank law was not needed as there were neither other banks to be supervised nor the<br />
requirement of a lender of last resort. Since there were no commercial banks, a law for this<br />
area was beyond consideration. For many years, PBOC carried out its business following state<br />
decisions. Materials show that in the thirty years between 1949 and 1979, there was not a<br />
single statutory law on banking business, and only a few dozen of decisions and orders were<br />
issued by the State Council. 42<br />
With the start of the open-door policy and <strong>China</strong>’s economic reform, <strong>China</strong> realised that a<br />
modern economy could only be supported by a complete legal system and therefore, legal<br />
40 Girardin, 1997, pp. 34.<br />
41 For a more precise analysis, look at Huang, 1996, p. 11-16 and Buchmann et al., 1996.<br />
42 Huang, 1996, p. 11.<br />
30
system formulation has been put on the top of the agenda. Between 1979 and 1993, a great<br />
number of administrative rules and regulations were enacted in a wide range of fields. Some<br />
of them dealt with the scope of the establishment of banking institutions or banking business<br />
and others related to operational limitations and requirements. A general review of the law-<br />
making process of this period will reveal two phenomena. <strong>The</strong> first relates to the<br />
unprecedented number of rules and regulations enacted in <strong>China</strong> on the banking business in<br />
sharp contrast with the previous period. This is directly linked to the fast development of the<br />
banking industry in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> other phenomenon relates to the lack of statutory laws on<br />
banking despite so many important administrative rules being enacted.<br />
A key to <strong>China</strong>’s financial development in the 1990s was the strengthening of the central<br />
bank. <strong>The</strong> most notable step was the promulgation of the Central Bank Law in 1995, effective<br />
as of March 19, 1995. With it, the role of the PBOC has become more focused. Art. 2 defines<br />
the PBOC’s hierarchical position under the leadership of the State Council. In opting for this<br />
solution, the activities of the central bank remain strongly linked to the requirements of state<br />
policy and the country’s economic plans. <strong>The</strong> law defines the central bank’s two key<br />
functions, namely the formulation and implementation of monetary policies on the one side<br />
and the supervision and administration of the country’s financial institutions on the other<br />
hand. <strong>The</strong> strengthening of the PBOC’s position must be seen as an attempt to monitor and<br />
control the financial sector more effectively. 43<br />
Another milestone development in <strong>China</strong>’s banking sector was the widely acknowledged<br />
promulgation of the Commercial Banking Law, effective from July 1st, 1995. Together with<br />
the Security Law, effective as of October 1, 1995, and the Negotiable Instruments Law,<br />
effective as of January 1, 1996, these laws constitute an important basis and framework for<br />
further financial reform. Moreover, they have to be seen as expression of ongoing efforts<br />
aimed at the creation of a comprehensive legal system. 44<br />
Comprising nine parts, the Commercial Banking Law was formulated to „protect the lawful<br />
rights and interests of commercial banks, depositors and other customers, standardise the acts<br />
of commercial banks, raise the quality of credit and assets and strengthen supervision and<br />
administration of commercial banks“ (Article 1). <strong>The</strong> law does not only codify and elevate to<br />
statutory level a number of issues that had previously been dealt with by administrative<br />
43 Buchmann et al., 1996, pp. 3, Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 13 and Huang, 1996, pp. 17.<br />
44 Buchmann et al., 1996, p. 1.<br />
31
egulations, but also introduces a new approach towards banking that marks a clear deviation<br />
from the previous banking concept constituted by the elements of a planned economy. <strong>The</strong><br />
law introduces prudential novations such as ratios for capital adequacy, loans-to-deposits and<br />
other standards enabling the state banks to eventually become commercial entities. Part four<br />
precisely details the basic rules for lending and other business. Part nine states that the Law<br />
shall apply to foreign investment commercial banks, Sino-foreign equity joint venture banks<br />
and branches of foreign commercial banks, except where laws or administrative regulations<br />
provide otherwise (Article 88).<br />
More than anything, the law is an intentional statement of genuine divergence from the central<br />
planning system and therefore, it is essential to take a closer look at the legal framework for<br />
banking. Still, there is a great lack of transparency and supervision in <strong>China</strong>, not even<br />
mentioning the money laundering actions. Without an independent institution who controls<br />
and supervises the financial system as a whole, the best reforms are inefficient.<br />
2.3.1.4 Instruments of financial control in <strong>China</strong><br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese financial system can be characterised as a system of directed capital. <strong>The</strong> direct<br />
and indirect instruments of monetary control at the disposal of the PBOC, involving the credit<br />
plan and the regulation of interest rates and the RMB currency, are a by-product of a system<br />
of directed credit. Direct instruments are still the most effective, as indirect ones are<br />
underdeveloped, but the monetary authorities face difficulties in their control of banks’ assets<br />
and liabilities. 45 Foreign investors have to take these Chinese control mechanisms into<br />
consideration, making efficient financial management quite complicated if not impossible.<br />
This section describes three instruments, which are most relevant for foreign direct<br />
investments.<br />
Credit control<br />
<strong>The</strong> credit plan is the main instrument at the disposal of central authorities in their endeavour<br />
to channel bank financing to specified activities in the state sector. Before the reforms of the<br />
late 1970s there was, along with the physical plan, a financial plan composed of three<br />
complementary parts: the budget, the credit plan and the cash plan. After the reforms,<br />
monetary policy still consists mainly of a set of rules and practices adopted to implement the<br />
credit and cash plans.<br />
45 Girardin, 1997, p. 55.<br />
32
<strong>The</strong> separation of production and consumption activities through the use of different types of<br />
money, played a major role in the centralised system designed for the planned mobilisation<br />
and allocation of resources. As a result of the money segmentation, monetary management<br />
during the pre-reform years was dichotomised into controlling cash in circulation and<br />
allocating bank credit to support state industrial and commercial enterprises accor ding to<br />
national plans. In practice, the objective with respect to cash was to be achieved through the<br />
annual cash plan, which tried to maintain a stable relation between currency in circulation and<br />
various measures of retail sales (see also section Exchange Control). <strong>The</strong> credit plan is<br />
established by the PBOC and supervised by the State Council and the Planning Bureau. A<br />
major innovation occurred in 1988, when the coverage of the credit plan extended from the<br />
specialised and commercial banks to NBFIs and the direct financing of enterprises.<br />
<strong>The</strong> credit plan consists of a two-stage process: a top-down process followed by a bottom-up<br />
one. In the first stage, the PBOC sets a target for money supply as a function of the planned<br />
growth in output and prices. <strong>The</strong> credit plan, which is transmitted to the specialised banks,<br />
concerns both the asset side (quota for new loans) and the liabilities side (targets for deposits).<br />
<strong>The</strong> banks allocate these quotas and targets to their provincial branches, which then do the<br />
same for local branches. In the second stage, provincial branches of the PBOC put together<br />
provincial plans for deposits and loans by centralising the credit and deposit plans of the local<br />
branches of specialised banks. <strong>The</strong> PBOC then revises its initial credit plan in the light of this<br />
feedback from its branches, and the final credit plan is officially approved. <strong>The</strong> quotas for<br />
loans include for example the limitations on loans for fixed-capital construction (fixed-asset<br />
investment, five to ten years), on working-capital loans (up to one year) and on technical<br />
renovation loans to finance equipment (one to five years). <strong>The</strong>re is only a limited flexibility to<br />
reallocate credit quotas, for instance between loans for working capital and for technical<br />
renovation. Each category of maturities is further broken down into activities, sub-sectors and<br />
major projects. 46<br />
Quota regulations for short-term working capital loans are much more liberal than loans for<br />
fixed asset investment, as the latter to a much larger degree pertain to the macroeconomic<br />
stabilisation. Working capital lending is partially depending on the increase in banks’ deposits<br />
and partially on an overall credit limit set semi-annually by the PBOC. <strong>The</strong> banks may use<br />
working capital limits freely, fixed asset limits however not. <strong>The</strong>y are project-specific, and<br />
46 Girardin, 1997, p. 56.<br />
33
only projects approved to receive fixed asset quotas may receive such funds. Depending on<br />
the size of the project, the State Planning Commission or a local Planning Commission must<br />
approve fixed assets investments.<br />
As an allocator of funds, the quota system is an inefficient substitute for a free interest rate.<br />
<strong>The</strong> credit quota system plays an extremely important role for the whole financial sector. <strong>The</strong><br />
quotas constitute the most powerful, and the most devastating, tool in the PBOC’s portfolio of<br />
monetary policy instruments. <strong>The</strong>refore, the main task of future reforms should be the change<br />
of these direct instruments towards more indirect tools.<br />
<strong>The</strong> regulation of interest rates<br />
Interest rates are a main instrument of indirect monetary control in <strong>China</strong>, next to the lending<br />
by the PBOC to specialised banks and reserve requirements. <strong>The</strong> PBOC sets or regulates<br />
almost all lending and deposit rates to specialised banks and other financial institutions, as<br />
well as the guidelines for rates on the interbank market. <strong>The</strong> complex structure of interest<br />
rates set by the monetary authorities, aims at minimising the cost to state-owned banks of<br />
collecting resources so as selectively to subsidise production and investment in the st ate<br />
sector. This regulation of interest rates has indirectly led to great discrepancies in the efficient<br />
allocation of capital. 47<br />
<strong>The</strong> interest-rate policy follows three general principles: Firstly, the differential treatment<br />
according to the length of the loans or deposits, to the type of industry concerned and to the<br />
location of enterprises. Secondly, a degree of autonomous adjustability, where provincial and<br />
large municipal branches of the specialised banks are allowed substantial leeway to adjust<br />
interest rates on a local basis. Thus, banks can charge interest rates up to 60 per cent higher<br />
than the rate set by the PBOC regulations and can offer a five-point bonus on large time<br />
deposits. At the national level as well, banks have been granted some margin for setting their<br />
lending or deposit rates. Finally, the third principle is the possibility of calculating interest<br />
period by period which is done asymmetrically.<br />
Exchange control<br />
Foreign currency business has traditionally been heavily regulated. Domestic c ompanies have<br />
been allowed to retain only parts of their foreign currency earnings while joint ventures and<br />
other FIEs have been allowed to exchange foreign currency at a number of local so called<br />
47 Girardin, 1997, pp. 57.<br />
34
swap centres (see also above). From the mid-1980s to 1994, there was a dual exchange rate<br />
mechanism in place. In 1994, the foreign exchange system was significantly simplified as the<br />
dual exchange rates were unified and the large number of fragmented swap centres were<br />
linked through the PBOC driven <strong>China</strong> Foreign Exchange Trade System. 48 Further, the<br />
foreign currency exchange retention system for domestic enterprises was abolished, meaning<br />
that domestic enterprises now must sell all their foreign earnings over the counter to<br />
designated banks as soon as they receive payment.<br />
<strong>The</strong> financial crisis in Asia has enforced the discussion about fixed or flexible exchange rates,<br />
as well as about the advantages and disadvantages of currency devaluation in less-developed<br />
countries. For <strong>China</strong>, the best way has not become clearly yet. Devaluation or even a flexible<br />
fully convertible RMB currency would lead <strong>China</strong> into a serious economic crisis in the short<br />
run with impacts on the whole region. But in the long run, full convertibility would be<br />
beneficial for <strong>China</strong>’s economy. Through exposure to international market prices and foreign<br />
competition, investment allocation becomes more rational and domestic producers are forced<br />
to improve efficiency. <strong>The</strong> discussion about these issues hasn’t finished yet, neither has the<br />
crisis, which makes a realistic prediction quite impossible. Anyway, current account<br />
convertibility is a precondition for <strong>China</strong>’s WTO membership and it has been an announced<br />
goal to make the RMB current account convertible by the year 2000. Convertibility is always<br />
a matter of definition, but it is widely doubted that the PRC authorities are willing to expose<br />
the economy to the shock and instability that a true current account convertibility would<br />
cause.<br />
2.3.2 <strong>China</strong>’s financial markets<br />
<strong>The</strong> structure and organisation of the financia l market also influences the possibilities of<br />
business finance. Usually, the financial market exists of a capital and a money market, but in<br />
<strong>China</strong> there is quite a mixture of both forms. <strong>The</strong>se markets are all underdeveloped in <strong>China</strong><br />
compared with more deve loped markets in Asia and the West, but have gradually begun to<br />
play an important role. In the following, some remarks will be made about each single sector<br />
within the financial market. Generally spoken for emerging markets, you must have existing<br />
investment before a secondary market can be developed. <strong>The</strong> nature of investments being<br />
made in <strong>China</strong> therefore also depends on the degree of sophistication in the investment<br />
environment which includes both, financial products and financial markets.<br />
48 Tseng, 1994, p. 8.<br />
35
<strong>The</strong>re have been discussions as to whether <strong>China</strong> is moving toward a German-Japanese model<br />
with strong financial intermediaries or toward an Anglo -American model where financial<br />
markets play a more significant part in the economic process. It seems that the current policy-<br />
makers have a long-term vision of creating a financial system where intermediation plays an<br />
important part and where direct access to financial markets for non-financial institutions will<br />
be strongly regulated and obstructed.<br />
2.3.2.1 Stock market<br />
Since stock markets per definition imply a certain degree of privatisation in the economy, the<br />
development has not been actively encouraged. <strong>The</strong> experimental phase of stock trading<br />
started with stocks being sporadically sold and bought over the counter in 1982. Since then,<br />
two securities exchanges have emerged: the Shanghai Stock Exchange (SSE) and the<br />
Shenzhen Securities Exchange. <strong>The</strong>y were established in 1984 and 1987 respectively and<br />
received officially recognition in 1990 and 1991. <strong>The</strong> SSE is <strong>China</strong>’s largest securities<br />
exchange. It has about 500 members and operates on a cash-only basis. Its computer system is<br />
capable of handling 1’000 transactions per second. Settlement is well functioned and efficient.<br />
In addition, <strong>China</strong> has companies listed on the Hong Kong Stock exchange, so called „red<br />
chips“ and two on the New York Stock Exchange. Due to the strict listing and trading<br />
regulations, an illegal market for company stocks has emerged. 49<br />
<strong>The</strong> stocks listed on both domestic stock exchanges are divided in A- and B-shares. <strong>The</strong><br />
former is only available for Chinese investors while the latter is only tradable by foreign<br />
investors with nomination in RMB but settlement in US$ in Shanghai or HK$ in Shenzhen.<br />
One of the reasons for this division is the lack of full convertibility of the RMB. Only a few<br />
listed companies have no interest holdings by the government. <strong>The</strong> regulatory mechanism of<br />
the capital market is still centralised through the <strong>China</strong> Securities Regulatory Commission<br />
(CSRC), which is primarily responsible for implementing and regulations and for supervising<br />
securities forms and markets.<br />
<strong>The</strong> A-shares tend to maintain price-equity ratios well above those in more mature markets,<br />
although trading is volatile, while the B-shares have more similar price -equity ratios to those<br />
in western exchanges, but with small selection and insufficient liquidity. One of the reasons<br />
for the high volatility in the domestic secondary markets, is the dominance of individual<br />
49 Semkow et al., 1995, p. 266-267, Schüller, 1995, pp. 933 and Chan, 1995, pp. 1.<br />
36
investors with little experience and knowledge about the securities trading. <strong>The</strong> only limit set<br />
by the Shanghai Stock Exchange, is that one transaction cannot move the market more than<br />
10% up or down from the preceding one.<br />
2.3.2.2 Bond market<br />
<strong>China</strong> has developed relatively mature primary and secondary markets for long-term<br />
securitised debt. According to the issuer there are three types of bonds in <strong>China</strong>: 50<br />
state bonds, issued by the Ministry of Finance<br />
financial bonds, project specific bonds normally issued by the CCB<br />
corporate bonds, normally issued by SOEs.<br />
<strong>The</strong> dominant type is the state bond with more of 90% of the total bond market value. <strong>The</strong><br />
second largest are the financial bonds, which are issued by financial institutions, mainly by<br />
domestic banks. Corporate bonds have the smallest share of market value, since the<br />
government set very strict eligible criteria and approval procedures for the SOEs as potential<br />
bond issuer. Over 80% of <strong>China</strong>’s government bonds are traded at the Shanghai Stock<br />
Exchange. A big issue recently on the SSE has been the three gorges bond of RMB 16 billion<br />
Yuan (USD 120 million) with 3-year term and 11% annual interest rate. <strong>The</strong> bond market is<br />
growing rapidly in size, and the driving force for the boom has been the two times interest<br />
rate cut in 1996. In the year 1997, the government had the intention to improve the scale and<br />
variety of the corporate bond market. On the investor side, bonds are judged as a more secure<br />
form of investment. Investors start to change their focus from the very speculative stock<br />
market to the quite stable bond market.<br />
<strong>The</strong> main players in the bond market are the “primary dealers”, similar as market makers in<br />
the UK. <strong>The</strong>y amount to a total of 30 and include both, banks and securities houses. For any<br />
issue, they have to underwrite a minimum of 1% of the total amount. Auctioning was also<br />
introduced in the primary market. Most of the lead managers for underwriting government<br />
bonds are banks, who have the only financial muscle to buy such a large issuance before<br />
placing it. In the secondary market, brokers trade both, bonds and shares, from the same stock<br />
exchange seat and trading is dominated by securities houses. <strong>The</strong> biggest trader is <strong>China</strong>’s<br />
largest brokerage company, the Shenyin Wanguo, who is a merger between the two securities<br />
houses, Shanghai Shenyin and Shanghai International. Several securities companies<br />
37
specialising in bonds have been set up, such as the Shanghai Securities Financial Company.<br />
Other securities houses are in the process of establishing specialist departments to run their<br />
bond business, rather than just dealing with it in a general securities department. Both,<br />
paperless and physical bonds, are traded on the SSE.<br />
Foreign invested enterprises are not allowed to issue securities on their corporate debt. One<br />
reason behind this ban is control of monetary expansion. Another reason is that the MOF sees<br />
no reason to allow competitors into a market it almost monopolises and thus jeopardise the<br />
effectiveness of its budget deficit financing vehicle.<br />
2.3.2.3 Foreign exchange market<br />
Since foreign banks are not allowed to conduct RMB business (or only to a limited numbers<br />
of businesses), the only financial market which is of direct relevance to them is the foreign<br />
exchange market. Throughout the reform era, the PRC authorities have experimented<br />
extensively with the structure of this market. Via complex rules, the authorities have allocated<br />
funds through quotas, regulated plural, dual or unified exchange rates and monitored retention<br />
rates and foreign exchange balancing. <strong>The</strong> overall objectives of the foreign exchange market<br />
reform have been to give incentives for export, control the exchange rate and thereby promote<br />
macroeconomic stability. Further, in recent years, current account convertibility has been a<br />
goal in the foreign exchange reforms, partially due to WTO requirements.<br />
After the period of se veral foreign exchange centres serving with different exchange rates of<br />
RMB in <strong>China</strong>, the Foreign Exchange Centre in Shanghai now takes the function of providing<br />
a unified nation-wide spot foreign exchange rate of the RMB, through which a preparatory<br />
step is made for the full convertibility of RMB.<br />
2.3.2.4 Interbank money market<br />
<strong>The</strong> interbank market is synonymous with the money and debt markets in the Chinese<br />
terminology. Operators on this market include banks and other financial institutions. Before<br />
1979, the allocation of credit was vertical from the State Council to bank branches through the<br />
PBOC. <strong>The</strong> only thing a bank branch with surplus funds could do was to try to hold onto<br />
50 Semkow et al., 1995, p. 42-58.<br />
38
them, while a branch with a shortage of funds could in no way get in contact with another<br />
branch. 51<br />
<strong>The</strong> reforms in 1979 put limits on the credit banks could extend and made their lending<br />
capacity conditional on their deposit-raising abilities. In 1983, an unofficial interbank market<br />
was created on an experimental basis by a regional branch of the ABC. This horizontal<br />
interface between branches marked a change from the previous, vertical system. <strong>The</strong><br />
experiment proved such a success that branches of other banks were included in the system.<br />
As a result of early moves to liberalise the financial sector, sporadic interbank trading<br />
between branches of specialised banks emerged in 1985. <strong>The</strong> reason was the increasing need<br />
for local interbank markets which came from the shortage of credit through a restrictive<br />
monetary policy implemented by the PBOC in 1985. In November 1995, the PBOC<br />
announced its intentions to link the banks and the most important regional money markets<br />
electronically. But still, the interest rates are tightly controlled, which makes the money<br />
market not very effective. By the end of 1987, interbank markets existed in nearly all regions.<br />
But the lack of proper regulatory framework and of supervision by monetary authorities<br />
allowed the creation of „finance companies“ and development of unauthorised activities, such<br />
as short-term borrowing and long-term lending. As the PBOC declared that no authorities<br />
would intervene in any way, interbank activities of various kind sprang up in most large cities<br />
across the country.<br />
In 1989, these finance companies were abolished by the PBOC and in 1990, standardised<br />
operating principles of interbank markets came into effect. <strong>The</strong> interbank activities were<br />
centralised in some well-defined market places in Shanghai, Wuhan, Beijing/Tianjin,<br />
Shenyang, Xi’an and Chongqing. In Shanghai, the market took a more structured form in<br />
August 1986 with the establishment of the „Shanghai Money Market“, organised by the<br />
ICBC. <strong>The</strong> ICBC often accounts for more than three quarters of all interbank activities in<br />
<strong>China</strong>, although in principle, any financial institution may operate on this market after<br />
approval by the PBOC. Still, the interbank market is quite segmented while the extent of<br />
segmentation depends on the stature of the region or centre concerned. It is organised in three<br />
layers: markets, centres and networks. <strong>The</strong> market itself is organised locally by financial<br />
institutions and sponsored by local branches of the PBOC. Links between these three layers<br />
are poor due to the underdeveloped telecommunications, the inadequacy of organisation by<br />
51 See Dipchand et. Al, 1994; Girardin, 1997 and Xia, 1995.<br />
39
financial authorities and the protectionism of local government and banks. Altogether, looking<br />
at the inefficient use of financial and human resources, the interbank market would highly<br />
benefit from further reforms not only in the financial system as a whole but also in the way<br />
this market is managed and organised. 52<br />
2.3.2.5 Short term debt securities market<br />
Debt securities with short maturities have only recently been issued in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> main<br />
obstacle against short term securities has been the inefficient and slow primary markets.<br />
Shorter maturities have gradually been introduced as part of a seemingly concentrated effort<br />
to develop <strong>China</strong>’s money markets and replace direct with indirect monetary policy<br />
instruments.<br />
<strong>The</strong> market for short term debt instruments can roughly be divided into a government bills<br />
market, where securities are issued in three different maturities by the MOF and are traded on<br />
the secondary market, and the market for commercial papers, bankers acceptances and<br />
certificates of deposites not issued by the MOF. <strong>The</strong> latter is negligible because of a slow<br />
underwriting. Since these instruments compete with the government instruments of the first<br />
mentioned market, they are not actively promoted and the eligibility requirements are hard.<br />
Further, secondary markets do not exist, and the lack of a legal and regulatory framework, as<br />
well as market transparency has discouraged issues.<br />
2.3.3 Instruments of financial management<br />
With the business licence issued by the State ICAB, any foreign-invested enterprise can open<br />
both bank accounts of foreign exchange and RMB at any bank or at any other financial<br />
institution which is permitted to handle foreign exchange business by the State Foreign<br />
Exchange Administration Department. According to the needs of business, a foreign-invested<br />
enterprise can also apply for a loan of either foreign exchange or RMB from any bank inside<br />
<strong>China</strong> which runs the business of foreign exchange. <strong>The</strong> interest rate upon loans is<br />
promulgated by the PBOC.<br />
Debt or equity - a number of financing options are available to foreign investors wishing to<br />
start up a joint venture or wholly foreign-owned enterprise in <strong>China</strong>, as well as to foreign<br />
investors with existing interests in ventures in <strong>China</strong> wishing to make additional investments.<br />
52 For further information see Xia, 1995 and Girardin, 1997, pp. 77.<br />
40
Loans, public offerings of shares, bonds, countertrade and leasing are just some of the<br />
options. 53 <strong>The</strong> recent economic turbulence in Asia has resulted in a tighter credit environment<br />
for many PRC investors. On the other hand, increasing M & A opportunities and further<br />
deregulation and liberalisation of the banking system have led to a higher sophistication and<br />
availability of financing instruments. It remains to be seen whether PRC investors face better<br />
and more efficient means of financing their investments in the future.<br />
This section focuses on the instruments and means of financial management which are most<br />
commonly used by foreign enterprises in <strong>China</strong>. But before looking at financing options, it is<br />
essential to describe the general categories of investment structures which are most common<br />
in today’s merger and acquisition market in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are two main categories of FDI in <strong>China</strong>: direct and indirect acquisition. <strong>The</strong> first type<br />
of investment involves the purchase of local assets either through a mainland-registered<br />
company or by direct purchase of shares in a listed or unlisted company registered there. It<br />
includes the traditional business vehicles, such as equity or co-operative joint venture<br />
companies (EJV, CJV) and wholly foreign-owned enterprises (WFOE) or, most recently, a<br />
joint-stock limited company. In the past, the traditional joint venture was the vehicle of<br />
choice, mainly because the Chinese partner was considered an essential tool for approval and<br />
business finance. Today, however, investors are wiser and more experienced, which replaced<br />
the joint venture by the WFOE as the most common type of investment structure. On top of<br />
that, the purchase of shares of mainland-listed or unlisted companies has become a new, more<br />
straightforward way for foreign investors. <strong>The</strong> target company most often is a joint-stock<br />
limited one. Although the transferral of shares remains an uncertainty in <strong>China</strong>, joint-stock<br />
companies enjoy advantages over more traditional investment vehicles which have also an<br />
impact on financing possibilities. Firstly, raising capital is easier than with an equity joint<br />
venture or a WFOE. Secondly, joint-stock companies present fewer problems in regard to<br />
minority shareholder rights, giving the investor a freer hand in deciding policy and managing<br />
the business.<br />
<strong>The</strong> second general category of investment vehicle is known as an indirect acquisition where<br />
the foreign enterprise purchases shares in a non-Chinese company, the assets of which include<br />
an interest in a company or companies registered on the mainland. Indirect acquisition has a<br />
number of a dvantages and is becoming more and more visible.<br />
53 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 10.<br />
41
After the decision for the investment structure has been taken, central issues for PRC<br />
investors are the composition of capital and extent of participation as well as the best<br />
financing option. Choosing the right structure can significantly affect profitability further<br />
down the road. 54<br />
For foreign invested enterprises, <strong>China</strong> is a new site. According to Western standards, the<br />
financial institutions and instruments in <strong>China</strong> for debt financing are underdeveloped.<br />
Because of the stage of economic development and the system - that is to be reformed - it is<br />
difficult for companies to raise debt capital from international financial markets. For every<br />
investment it is therefore necessary to systematically analyse the possibilities and boundaries<br />
of debt financing for foreign companies, which must encompass the short-term as well as the<br />
long-term debt financing forms.<br />
FIEs, especially their foreign investors, are exposed as in most developing countries, also in<br />
<strong>China</strong> to the currency risk, that means the exchange rate risk and the transfer risk. <strong>The</strong> foreign<br />
currency problem is intensified on the one hand because of the big demand for foreign<br />
exchange for buying materials from abroad and for paying the dividends for foreign investors,<br />
and on the other hand through the difficulties of earning foreign exchange in the start up<br />
phase. FIEs’ finance management has to solve most of all problems of equity financing, debt<br />
financing and currency management. <strong>The</strong>se three issues shall be analysed in the following. 55<br />
2.3.3.1 Equity financing<br />
Every FIE in <strong>China</strong> is required to have a certain amount of registered capital, as specified in<br />
its approval documents. According to these approval documents, the foreign investor’s<br />
minimum share of equity capital must amount 25 % of the whole capital of the enterprise.<br />
Unless such registered capital is contributed, which must be done in a manner in accordance<br />
with Chinese law, the foreign enterprise cannot exist as a legal entity in <strong>China</strong>. Aside from the<br />
obvious method of investing registered capital in the form of cash, there are several other<br />
ways of contributing the required amount to the venture which may save a foreign investor<br />
money. Commonly, local partners have little cash to invest. <strong>The</strong>refore, the Chine se company<br />
often may provide machinery, land-use rights and factories, or other assets as their portion of<br />
the investment, its share of registered capital (all of which are inherently difficult to value).<br />
Only a few local enterprises have readily accessible cash. <strong>The</strong>ir very desire for a joint venture<br />
54 Pausenberger/Völker, 1985, p. 21-24.<br />
55 Pausenberger 1980, pp. 53 and Pausenberger/Glaum, 1993, p. 764 -768.<br />
42
is often to acquire foreign capital and technology. Foreign investors should be aware of how<br />
their partner will finance their share of the investment. <strong>The</strong> foreign partner often contributes<br />
know-how, immaterial goods, machinery and technology from overseas. Foreign investors<br />
should keep in mind the requirement that only 25% of the foreign investor’s registered capital<br />
contribution to an FIE may comprise technology. 56<br />
<strong>The</strong> foreign investor could also get his share of registered capital financed through loans from<br />
banking institutions or through investment grants from national and international finance<br />
companies such as KfW in Germany. <strong>The</strong> foreign investor as well as the Chinese counterpart,<br />
or the venture itself, could also use Chinese banks for financing their registered capital via<br />
loans. <strong>The</strong>y may procure capital other than the registered capital through preferential-interest<br />
loans if it imports goods or machinery from the US or Europe via special government „soft-<br />
loans“, „mixed-loans“ or export credit programs, the purpose of which is to encourage the<br />
purchase of such goods. Applying for such loans requires certain guarantees, housing or real<br />
security and the approval of the venture through the authorities. <strong>The</strong> US Export-Import Bank<br />
offers bank guarantees to foreign purchasers of machinery and equipment from the US. <strong>The</strong><br />
life of these loan contract is generally one to three years. 57 A foreign investor wishing to<br />
participate in a joint venture with a Chinese company may also raise money overseas by<br />
entering into a joint venture contract with a Chinese party. To raise public funds outside the<br />
PRC for use as registered capital, the investor first needs to set up a company overseas, if one<br />
does not already exist. Currency lending from outside <strong>China</strong> will require the approval of the<br />
State Administration of Foreign Exchange. This method of financing can also be used to raise<br />
capital for a joint venture that already exists.<br />
While a foreign investor must be prepared to initially contribute a good deal of equity to a<br />
venture to satisfy the Chinese regulations regarding registered capital, a wise financier would<br />
also attempt to invest equipment purchased abroad with the help of low-interest loan as a part<br />
of registered capital attributed to the FIE. Alternatively, a foreign party wishing to fund his<br />
enterprise with a Chinese party may prefer to issue shares in a separate overseas company,<br />
and then use the proceeds from the offering specifically for the purpose of funding the joint<br />
ve nture. Leasing of equipment and machinery in <strong>China</strong> provides another suitable alternative<br />
to loans for some investors in that such agreements are convenient to enter into and may have<br />
tax advantages. Another possibility of funding capital is inside financing through cash flows,<br />
56 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 10; de Waal, 1998, pp. 16.<br />
57 Fan, 1994, pp. 189.<br />
43
evenue sharing, deprecations and other reserves. But this is a relatively new and unknown<br />
form of financing tool available to foreign investors and therefore not often practised. Also,<br />
the revenues of just started FIEs and the rates of depreciation are rather low in <strong>China</strong>, which<br />
makes inside financing quite difficult looking at the rather high amount of required capital. In<br />
spite of this underdevelopment, these financing tools offer substantial tax advantages, in that<br />
the income received from such investments may not be immediately taxable. 58 Generally<br />
spoken, the FIE’s have a great flexibility in the way they want to allocate and use their<br />
revenues as long as both partners agree, which is sometimes difficult in <strong>China</strong>, especially<br />
when the Chinese partner has debt financed his share of investment. If a local partner has<br />
borrowed to fund his portion of equity, he will have a different attitude than his foreign<br />
partner as to such important issues as dividends and future capital injections. Several joint<br />
ventures were unable to expand their venture in conjunction with the opportunities in the<br />
marketplace. Often a local partner’s inability or unwillingness to increase equity has limited<br />
the joint venture’s expansion. 59<br />
For most investors the surest way to minimise risk is to minimise the amount of their equity<br />
investment - unfortunately, this is often not the case for a joint venture in <strong>China</strong>. Foreign<br />
investors cannot assume that debt will be available or that their partner has good friends in the<br />
local banking community. Too often, foreign investors seek to minimise the amount of paid -in<br />
capital only to find that they must then provide payment guarantees for 100 % of the venture’s<br />
debt requirement. While the minimum percentage of equity financing is easy to determine,<br />
investors should keep in mind that this may not be the appropriate percentage for their<br />
particular investment. If debt is not possible without parent company guarantees and if the<br />
local partner cannot provide their portion of debt guarantees, then the foreign investor should<br />
demand a higher equity-to-debt ratio. 60<br />
In addition to the required amount of registered capital, all enterprises in <strong>China</strong> must have<br />
working capital with which to handle daily business affairs. <strong>The</strong> parties may contribute<br />
working capital to the venture at any time. A venture is normally better off borrowing money<br />
for working capital, which can be obtained from Chinese banks in <strong>China</strong> or from overseas<br />
banks or other lending institutions (see next part).<br />
58 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 14.<br />
59 Pausenberger/Völker, 1985, p. 24.<br />
60 de Waal, 1998, p. 16.<br />
44
2.3.3.2 Debt financing<br />
As getting the status of Chinese legal entities through official approval, FIEs are treated<br />
through the authorities and financial institutions as if they are Chinese domestic enterprises.<br />
According to the goal of the government to promote foreign direct investment into <strong>China</strong>, the<br />
FIEs can generally obtain more financial instruments of debt financing than their Chinese<br />
counterpart. <strong>The</strong> government also provides grants and financial support for financing<br />
corporate debt, if the potential debtors fulfil certain restrictions similar to Western standards.<br />
Similarly to Western standards, the loans can also vary in <strong>China</strong> according to currency, time<br />
limits, finance purpose etc. Nevertheless, Chinese authorities use different definitions for<br />
long- and short-term loans. Long-term loans include all loans with a time limit of more than<br />
twelve months. Loans with a maturity of 12 months or less are considered to be working<br />
capital, and are subject to different quota restrictions than longer maturity loans (see also part<br />
0). <strong>The</strong> definition of maturity orientates mainly on the financing purpose, as if the loan is<br />
meant to be for fixed or current assets. For investment projects, which exceed certain limits<br />
set by the Planning Bureau, approval of authorities is necessary. 61 Large infrastructure<br />
projects are still often funded over the budget state or provincial budget. Another issue to<br />
address is whether debt financing should be in RMB or foreign currency (usually USD).<br />
Many foreign investors have no choice. Often corporate policies require that investments be<br />
funded in local currency. Many consumer product companies with wide -spread activities in<br />
<strong>China</strong> will only consider expansion if they can secure adequate local currency funding. As<br />
policy they will not take the risk of a devaluation of the RMB. While conditions vary from<br />
place to place in <strong>China</strong>, in recent months it has generally been easier for joint ventures to<br />
obtain reasonably structured debt financing. Positive impacts by the PBOC on RMB debt<br />
financing have been its announcement to abolish the lending quota system and its lowering of<br />
RMB interest rates, because of the decline in economic growth and the fall in inflation. 62<br />
A joint venture or a WFOE in <strong>China</strong> may, according to the „PRC Commercial Bank Law“<br />
obtain a RMB loan from a Chinese bank. Having sufficient RMB is necessary to cover the<br />
costs of everyday expenses such as raw materials, labour and public utilities. Security interest<br />
for the loan may be required by the bank issuing the loan, and such security may take the form<br />
of a guarantee or charge over various assets of the enterprise. Concerning the security,<br />
investors have to keep in mind some Chinese specific features, such as the non-conveyance of<br />
61 Fan, 1994, pp. 198.<br />
45
eal estate (after the upcoming reforms, this might change) which does not allow real estate to<br />
serve as security, neither do machines and assets used for own purposes and therefore<br />
imported tax-free to <strong>China</strong>. As when lending to local companies, before approving a loan the<br />
bank may investigate various factors such as the payment ability of the potential debtor, assets<br />
of the company, the validity and strength of any guarantee, the use of the loan and other<br />
financial information. Again, the investor must be aware of the in-transparency and<br />
asymmetric information in <strong>China</strong>. In <strong>China</strong>, several restrictions and laws concerning financing<br />
business have been promulgated but their implementation and execution suffers a lot.<br />
Decisions related to developing business andextending credit in <strong>China</strong> must take into account<br />
risk factors particular to the market. <strong>The</strong> absence of reliable information in general, and<br />
performance-related information (financial statements, payment experiences, court records) in<br />
particular, plus the special risk factors of „triangular debt“, obsolete inventories and<br />
unprofitable and technically bankrupt SOEs, make it imperative to deal with customers and<br />
suppliers face -to-face in addition to obtaining information from external information<br />
sources. 63 Another serious problem with RMB loans has been the tenor. Chinese banks often<br />
told customers that they could not lend medium or long-term RMB loans unless the project<br />
was officially part of the current five -year plan. Quota (also see part 0) was also a problem as<br />
each bank was give n an annual limit on the amount of loans it could make. Often banks with<br />
excess deposits were unable to lend because of inadequate quota. Some banks were willing to<br />
lend for very short periods of time as long as the loans would be repaid before quotas would<br />
be re-checked. With the recent announcement that the quota system will no longer be used,<br />
the PBOC hopes to see more loans made on the basis of economic viability and credit<br />
worthiness. Unfortunately, only a few bankers have credit training or background, most of<br />
them are totally inexperienced with market-oriented credit rating. 64<br />
Generally, FIEs are able to obtain long-term loans from every Chinese bank but the CCB is<br />
the leading bank for financing new investments. <strong>The</strong> speciality banks orientate themselves on<br />
the industry sector in which the FIE is located. Borrowing RMB currency must almost<br />
invariably be done in <strong>China</strong> and can be expensive. Overseas loans at lower interest rates can<br />
be obtained, and at times converted into RMB at market rates, to keep down the cash cost in<br />
the PRC investment. As mentioned above, currency lending from outside the PRC will require<br />
62 de Waal, 1998, pp. 17.<br />
63 Dun & Bradstedt, 1998, pp. 15.<br />
64 de Waal, 1998, p. 18.<br />
46
the approval of special authorities. In the past, the Bank of <strong>China</strong> was the only institution<br />
which can provide FIEs with long-term loans in foreign currencies. Nowadays, this monopoly<br />
doesn’t exist anymore. Short -term debt financing in <strong>China</strong> is mainly offered by banks. Due to<br />
the financial reforms, several new financing tools especially for short-term finance on the<br />
money markets, are being created, but they are still underdeveloped. 65 Alternative sources of<br />
debt financing include export credit agencies and the World Bank’s International Finance<br />
Corporation (IFC). Export credit agencies have had a difficult time structuring credits to<br />
<strong>China</strong> that do not carry sovereign risk guarantees. Often their pricing is more expensive than<br />
commercial bank debt. <strong>The</strong> IFC has been very active in <strong>China</strong>, but their approval process can<br />
be lengthy. <strong>The</strong>y are frequently also willing to take a small equity stake in the venture.<br />
Next to these more traditional bank loans, FIEs could also get their corporate debt long-term<br />
financed via issuing bonds directly on the capital market. In <strong>China</strong>, the PBOC is in charge and<br />
control of the approval for such bonds. Any enterprise in <strong>China</strong> may float a bond on the local<br />
or foreign markets or make a public offering of its own corporate shares on the local or<br />
foreign markets, with the approval of the relevant state authorities, which requires detailed<br />
documentation, such as business reports, financial statements and balance sheets, specific<br />
terms and conditions of the bond to be issued, and the manner in which the funds will be<br />
managed and the debt repaid. Additional requirements and procedures are necessary if the<br />
bond is to be used for fixed asset investment. <strong>The</strong>se requirements are strict and sometimes<br />
make it very difficult to obtain approval from the relevant authorities. Of course, while in<br />
some situations obtaining funds through issuing securities may be more preferable than<br />
getting a loan, the FIE owners will be giving up some of their ownership in the company, and<br />
as such, should be careful not to give away too many of their rights. Given the present state of<br />
the markets, if the offering is to be made in Hong Kong or <strong>China</strong>, FIE owners may wish to<br />
wait for a more propitious time. Especially foreign investors, may have to face national and<br />
cultural barriers. 66<br />
An indirect method of getting funding for a project is through transactions called forfeiting or<br />
countertrade, of which the latter means that an FIE links its purchase of machinery or other<br />
assets with the sale of certain products. This method may be attractive to FIEs that rely mainly<br />
on raw materials and labour in <strong>China</strong>, as these production costs are quite low when compared<br />
to their profit margin. <strong>The</strong>refore, countertrade has become a necessary component for most<br />
65 Fan, 1994, pp. 202.<br />
66 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 11 -12.<br />
47
foreign investors in structuring the finance of their venture, in large part because the RMB is<br />
not fully convertible. Compensation trade is one form of countertrade in which the investor<br />
pays for the cost of machinery or other asset being purchased with items produced by the<br />
machinery itself. Other forms of countertrade exist, such as those in which the asset purchased<br />
is paid off using products other than those produced by the machinery acquired. Using one of<br />
these methods is helpful for companies reducing their use of foreign exchange, but they<br />
should be careful, however, to ensure that this method is cost -effective and that the cost of the<br />
goods which will be used to pay for the asset is less than the cost of taking out a loan. Leasing<br />
of equipment and machinery also provides a suitable alternative for FIEs that do not wish to<br />
pay the full price for the equipment immediately on purchase. Financing the venture by<br />
leasing is also attractive because the fixed lease payments are not subject to the vagaries of<br />
floating interest rates, and because leases are at times much more convenient to obtain and<br />
handle than loans. 67<br />
2.3.3.3 Currency management<br />
International enterprises operate in <strong>China</strong> with a wide range of high volatile currencies. <strong>The</strong>y<br />
are permanently faced with currency risk, which includes transfer and exchange risk. <strong>The</strong><br />
current concern for all investors in <strong>China</strong> is whether or not <strong>China</strong> will devalue its currency.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re seems to be a distinct polarisation between those with a political point of view (who<br />
believe that <strong>China</strong>’s leaders cannot afford to lose face by reversing their public commitments<br />
to maintain current rates) versus those with an economic point of view (who believe that<br />
<strong>China</strong> cannot forever avoid the impact of the regional devaluation in Asia). Most businesses<br />
are not getting into the debate, but are rather reviewing their exposures and trying to hedge<br />
their positions as much as possible. 68<br />
<strong>The</strong> RMB is not fully convertible on world markets and most companies must endure<br />
restrictions on foreign exchange. In addition to that, the exchange rates of the RMB towards<br />
other currencies do not express the real values. FIEs are heavily exposed to a variety of<br />
currencies used for their working capital and cash assets as well as for their balance sheet<br />
values. <strong>The</strong> strict currency control (see also part Exchange Control) accelerates the currency<br />
risk for the FIEs although they are in advantage of more freedom in the area of currency<br />
67 Buxbaum/Gonzalez, 1998, p. 12.<br />
68 de Waal, 1998, p. 19.<br />
48
control compared to national enterprises. 69 A significant devaluation has not occurred for<br />
more than four years in <strong>China</strong>, therefore, many investors have become (too) complacent with<br />
a stable exchange rate and easy access to foreign exchange.<br />
FIEs have to gain their currencies, which they need for procurement from abroad,<br />
compensation of their foreign staff and for paying dividends to their foreign investors on a<br />
self-operating basis. <strong>The</strong> Chinese government supports them only poorly. <strong>The</strong> balancing of<br />
these foreign exchange positions is one of the most difficult tasks and therefore a high barrier<br />
for FIEs in <strong>China</strong>. In a controlled market like <strong>China</strong>, it is complicated to gain all the necessary<br />
currencies for the daily business. However, in spite of all techniques of hedging currency<br />
exposures, devaluation will fundamentally alter a company’s revenues and costs and thus its<br />
cash flow. If devaluation occurs, a company that imports parts and components to<br />
manufacture products that will be sold in <strong>China</strong>, must raise local currency prices to avoid<br />
losing money on every sale. Each investor in <strong>China</strong> should review their cash flow by currency<br />
and determine what impact various levels of devaluation would have on that cash flow. 70<br />
When a company’s assets and liabilities are denominate d in different currencies, changes in<br />
the relative value of the currencies involved will bring about a change in the relative value of<br />
the assets and liabilities. To avoid this, financial managers have the objective to keep the same<br />
ratio between currencie s on both sides of the balance sheet. By borrowing in the same<br />
currency as they will receive from future business, companies hedge against exchange rate<br />
risk. This is problematic when one of the currencies involved is the RMB. Firstly, rigid RMB<br />
maturities complicate matching. <strong>The</strong> dates for payment and repayment of the loans are often<br />
inflexibly set by the bank. Secondly, the interest rates on these loans can be preclusively high<br />
(see 2.3.3.2). Regulatory peculiarities also create exchange risks. Conversion of RMB into<br />
foreign currency for import payments are allowed not earlier than three months before<br />
payment. <strong>The</strong> importing company is exposed to a depreciating RMB from the point in time<br />
when the purchase was decided until three months before payment. A FIE selling on the<br />
domestic market is therefore exposed to the risk of a RMB depreciation in the period between<br />
the closing of the deal and payment, although the RMB is officially a fixed exchange rate.<br />
Since the crisis in Asia has seriously touched Japan and other competitor countries in Asia,<br />
the Chinese government could be forced to devalue the RMB in the next year. 71 <strong>The</strong> main task<br />
69<br />
See for more information Fan, 1994, pp. 208.<br />
70<br />
de Waal, 1998, p. 19.<br />
71<br />
See Madura, 1993, p. 136-140 and Fan, 1994, pp. 207.<br />
49
of the currency management is to predict, prevent or hedge these currency risks as good as<br />
possible, which is of essential importance especially for operating in emerging markets. 72 <strong>The</strong><br />
most obvious way to hedge a long RMB exposure is to borrow in RMB. Some companies are<br />
borrowing even though they do not currently need RMB. Non-deliverable forwards are<br />
another way to hedge RMB exposures. This market is completely outside <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> market<br />
for these instruments are still underdeveloped. On top of that, there are significant internal<br />
accounting issues that will need to be resolved for most companies that use de rivative<br />
instruments to hedge their actual exposure in <strong>China</strong>. However, currency management is an<br />
issue with highest priority for foreign investors, because devaluation would fundamentally<br />
alter a joint venture’s future profitability.<br />
2.3.4 Conclusions<br />
<strong>China</strong> will continue to be an exciting market. Changes in <strong>China</strong> and the region will be<br />
challenging and perhaps frustrating. <strong>China</strong>’s economy faces a host of problems as it changes<br />
from being a centrally planned colossus into a decentralised market driven net of indepe ndent<br />
entities. <strong>The</strong> political unwillingness to seriously reform the loss making SOE sector is perhaps<br />
the single most serious obstacle to a balanced economic growth in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> inefficiency of<br />
the SOE sector has arrested the development of the financial sector primarily via the former<br />
specialised banks. <strong>The</strong>y have been used as vehicles for subsidising SOEs and thereby social<br />
stability. <strong>The</strong> fact that policy lending has burdened the state banks with bad debt to the extent<br />
that they would be rendered ripe for bankruptcy by any Western standards, prevents them<br />
from fully pursuing independence and privatisation. Another obstacle for the state banks is<br />
their history as a part of a central planning administrative organisation as well as the<br />
provincial governments’ power apparatus. <strong>The</strong>y have only recently been subjected to the first<br />
experiments with market conditions and therefore lack basic banking skills, most notably the<br />
ability to carry out credit risk evaluation.<br />
This paper has shed some light on the structure and system of the Chinese financial system in<br />
general and of business finance in particular. <strong>The</strong> recent changes in banking and capital<br />
markets policies provide both opportunities and obstacles for PRC investors. Credit and <strong>China</strong><br />
risk limits have tightened, but recent political developments and increasing M&A<br />
opportunities give grounds for investor optimism. However due to the early stage of financial<br />
reforms in <strong>China</strong>, the study has had to leave questions open. Future research on the banking<br />
72 See Pausenberger/Glaum, 1993, p. 764-767.<br />
50
usiness in <strong>China</strong> and related issues is desirable in order to gain better insights into the<br />
complexities of financing opportunities. It is essential to keep in mind that Beijing is not<br />
implementing financial reform measures in a sealed greenhouse but in a tough and<br />
contradictory environment, where banks require better asset management while the economy<br />
requires sustainable liquidity. Whether all these steps taken together will transform the<br />
mainland’s financial sector and allow the country’s large banks to retreat from the precipice<br />
remains to be seen. <strong>The</strong>re are, however, few alternatives.<br />
Financially sound joint ventures that understand their risks and cash flow profiles will have a<br />
distinct advantage. Given these exciting and volatile times, direct investors in <strong>China</strong> should<br />
consider their financial structuring as a most important issue. In establishing a finance plan for<br />
a venture, one must remember that for all FIEs there are requirements which dictate that<br />
registered capital must be invested by a certain date pursuant to the contract and Chinese law.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are numerous restrictions in a system with foreign currency controls and general<br />
controls on foreign investment. In order to ensure the highest return on investment, one must<br />
first consider the nature of the project invested in. <strong>The</strong>re are, for example, two ways to borrow<br />
capital from abroad and yet have it count as one’s investment in a Chinese enterprise, freeing<br />
up capital for other uses. <strong>The</strong> equity-to-debt-ratio, the portion of every partner’s investment,<br />
the sources of equity and debt financing, the currency and maturity of loans, the relationship<br />
with Chinese and foreign banks, the own capabilities of currency management, are all factors<br />
which highly influence success and failure of ventures in <strong>China</strong>. Clearly, the lower the<br />
amount of money foreign investors put into a FIE, and the larger the share of capital they can<br />
obtain, the greater their return in proportion to their investment. Any foreign investor wishing<br />
to put together a finance plan for investment in a venture in <strong>China</strong>, should be prepared to be<br />
familiar with a large range of financing vehicles, as various restrictions of the Chinese<br />
government make it difficult, sometimes impossible, to use certain types of financing for<br />
specific projects. This aside, the realities of doing business in <strong>China</strong> necessitate that some<br />
methods of financing will be more preferable than others. A comprehensive financing strategy<br />
is the key component of a healthy PRC investment.<br />
Over the past year since Cinderella’s study was written, the Chinese government has<br />
continued with the banking and financial reforms. Drastic reorganisation of the banking<br />
51
institutions and control systems have occurred to create greater transparency, such as to<br />
remove the ability of local officials to influence banking decisions. Action was also taken to<br />
dissolve loss-making SOEs. One major on-going reform is the removal of the military links<br />
with business, thus increasing the privatisation of business while professionalising the<br />
military.. <strong>The</strong>se are far reaching changes which demonstrated the Chinese government’s<br />
resolve to build a modern and efficient market economy.<br />
Looking at the tremendous changes in the banking and financial sector, Paul realised also the<br />
many faceted dimensions of Chinese economy and policy. Clearly, given <strong>China</strong>’s communist<br />
government and the immensity and complexity of the country, <strong>China</strong> has made tremendous<br />
strides forward in the making of a market economy. <strong>The</strong> pace of change has been sure and<br />
rapid. In such a situation of rapid change, everything would seem to be in a flux, with the<br />
exception of genuine human relationships and understanding. This is probably the key to<br />
success for the <strong>China</strong> venture. Is this not also Mr. Zheng’s key to success in <strong>China</strong>?<br />
52
3. Pre-Entry Strategic Considerations to Maximise Business<br />
Potential<br />
Understanding the operating environment for foreign businesses in <strong>China</strong> is only a first step to<br />
strategic formulation. Understanding oneself or one’s own business in terms of its strengths<br />
and weaknesses provides an important basis for strategic formulation. Paul remembered<br />
vaguely the old Chinese proverb: “Know yourself, know your enemies. A hundred battles<br />
fought. A hundred won.” A critical consideration before entering a new business arena, in this<br />
case, ventur ing into <strong>China</strong>, is therefore to know one’s own business in terms of its strengths<br />
and weaknesses and in relation to existing and potential players in <strong>China</strong>. Paul started to read<br />
about the “Need for business self-examination” ...<br />
Klaus Kukovetz, a doctoral student working in <strong>China</strong> wrote:<br />
3.1 Pre-Entry Considerations: Need for Business Self-examination (by Klaus<br />
Kukovetz)<br />
A lot of publications and business guides are available which explain the does and don'ts of<br />
market entrance into <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>se are valuable tools to avoid the most common and pitfalls of<br />
such an endeavour. Many of them, however, neglect the very first stage of market entry:<br />
business self-examination. Even in a simple and well known business environment, the<br />
product-to-market and company-to-market fit is a precondition for success. This is even more<br />
true for a complex and alien environment like <strong>China</strong>. Even if the market is found to be very<br />
attractive and relatively risk-free, and even if a strong demand for the company's products can<br />
be assumed, market entry is not self evident. <strong>The</strong> company must be fit for market entry as<br />
well. For an SME such fitness should not be taken for granted prematurely, but should be<br />
assessed with great diligence. Any company's strategy move a into new territory will<br />
necessarily consume a substantial amount of resources. For SMEs which generally do not<br />
have sufficient personnel and management resources. This would not be an easy problem to<br />
solve.<br />
Before a company ventures into a new market, it must determine it’s own strengths and<br />
weaknesses as well as the opportunities (and threats) offered in the new environment. In the<br />
first case, the general readiness to enter the Chinese market was found to be lacking even<br />
though there is a good fit in the relevance of its product in the Chinese market. In the second<br />
case, a thorough analysis of a company’s strengths and weaknesses in relation to the<br />
opportunities and threats in the new environment has enabled the company to develop a sound<br />
53
entry strategy into the <strong>China</strong> market. Venturing successfully abroad requires preparatory<br />
measures to ensure the general fitness and compatibility of a company in relation to its<br />
partners and markets in the new environment.<br />
3.1.1 General Readiness to <strong>Venture</strong> Abroad<br />
As a first step the company should ask whether it is ready to enter the Chinese market. It has<br />
to investigate, for instance whether it has enough free management and capital resources. <strong>The</strong><br />
management time needed for a new market entry is almost more than what one expect. Due to<br />
the novelty of the venture, employees working on the market entry project will need a<br />
disproportional amount of top-level guidance and advice. Top management itself will need to<br />
travel to <strong>China</strong> to establish valuable business contacts. <strong>The</strong>se business contacts will then<br />
demand attention and time to be kept alive. It is therefore recommended that there should be<br />
one member of the top management team who is strongly dedicated to the market entry<br />
project and who is prepared to invest a substantial amount of his or her time for the project. In<br />
SMEs this high level manager with free time resources often does not exist. Such a company<br />
will therefore have to work first on internal processes to create such a capacity it will be ready<br />
to proceed to a next step.<br />
Monetary resources are important. Even if planning is done very rigorously, money invested<br />
in a high-risk emerging market like <strong>China</strong> should not be crucial to the survival of the<br />
company. <strong>The</strong>re will be ways to keep investment down to a minimum level - market entry<br />
into <strong>China</strong> does not necessarily have to be expensive - but it is very difficult to reduce risk.<br />
No amount of planning will be sufficient to account for the complexity and rapid pace of<br />
development of the market. For this reason, the company needs to be prepared to write -off its<br />
investments in the worst case scenario (see paper 8 for two examples).<br />
3.1.2 Specific Fit with the New Environment: Products and/or Partners<br />
<strong>The</strong> company's products must fit with the market conditions in <strong>China</strong>. Here, it must be<br />
assessed whether the company offers an attractive product mix for the Chinese market. <strong>The</strong><br />
level of investigation should be relatively deep as special features or mismatches might easily<br />
be overlooked. At this stage, the company will try to evaluate whether its most promising<br />
product or product category has chances to succeed in <strong>China</strong> as it is, or whether some special<br />
modification will be necessary. <strong>The</strong> degree of localisation needed may vary greatly between<br />
simple adaptations in the packaging process on the one hand, and the development of<br />
completely new features on the other hand.<br />
54
While the testing for the general readiness of a company to venture abroad may be done<br />
internally, testing for the specific product-market fit will require a lot of market information,<br />
which may have to be acquired from external sources.<br />
3.1.3 Practical Illustrations<br />
3.1.3.1 Case Study 1: A Swiss labelling and labelling systems company (LLSC)<br />
LLSC is a family owned business with subsidiary companies in Germany, France, England<br />
and the United States. According to turnover and number of employees, it is clearly an SME.<br />
Nevertheless, LLSC is one of the world's leading companies in its market segment.<br />
Around three quarters of LLSC's products are self-adhesive labels, with labelling system<br />
machines taking up the rest. <strong>The</strong> company is renown for its quality, as well as fast and reliable<br />
after sales service. A particular strength of the company is a sophisticated network, which,<br />
however, is operational mainly in the company's Swiss home market. <strong>The</strong> company's largest<br />
clients are the world's leading consumer products firms which use LLSC's products for<br />
normal labelling purposes, on-product marketing, and related purposes.<br />
By the end of the 1990s, LLSC's geographical reach had spread from Switzerland, to<br />
neighbouring European countries and then to the large market of the United States. However,<br />
until 1997, the company's experience in the Asian markets remained very limited. <strong>The</strong>re was<br />
no clear strategy for the region, even though interest in <strong>China</strong>'s large market kept growing.<br />
This interest was generated mainly by the top management's contacts with friends and<br />
associates, who were doing business with <strong>China</strong>. Every now and then, an initiative was started<br />
to generate more information but these efforts never resulted in a long lasting project.<br />
In late 1997, the company asked a team of student researchers 73 from the University of St.<br />
Gallen, to help assess the company-to-market fit of LLSC and <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> results of this<br />
investigation are reported here. As the company asked to investigate the market potential, the<br />
specific fit analysis was carried out and is presented here.<br />
Specific Fit<br />
To assess the specific fit of the company's products to the Chinese market, a market study was<br />
conducted among the company's leading customers, as well as industry experts abroad and<br />
73 <strong>The</strong> author was leader of the team, which comprised the following fellow researchers: Guo Zhaoui,<br />
Kölsch Manfred, Zambon Antonia, Zeng Lingyan.<br />
55
from within <strong>China</strong> to assess local market conditions. It was in particularly necessary to find<br />
out which level of sophistication the Chinese labelling market had reached, which trend could<br />
be expected in future, how the company's European clients met their labelling needs in Asia,<br />
and whether they were satisfied by the product variety and quality currently existing in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
<strong>The</strong> result of this investigation was the finding that LLSC's target market, sophisticated self-<br />
adhesive labelling syste ms, was growing quickly, albeit from a relatively small basis. <strong>The</strong><br />
majority of labels used in <strong>China</strong> were still based on older techniques.<br />
<strong>The</strong> competitive environment was of particular interest for the company. <strong>The</strong>re were clear<br />
indications that international competitors had started to enter the self -adhesive labelling<br />
market recently. Judging from the development of European and US markets, as well as from<br />
the interest of the company's - mainly Japanese - competitors, the market potentials seemed<br />
very promising.<br />
General Readiness<br />
Taken alone, the findings of the specific fit investigation would have suggested to pursue the<br />
goal of market entry into <strong>China</strong> vigorously. This conclusion was not drawn however, as a<br />
general readiness analysis lead to different recommendations.<br />
LLSC is a relatively conservative company with firm control and leadership methods, which<br />
were well proven in Switzerland's stable environment. It does not boost large reserves in<br />
capital and management resources. Knowledge of foreign markets, especially the Chinese<br />
one, is also very rudimentary.<br />
This background led the company to pursue a prudent expansion strategy in Europe and the<br />
US. Each of its subsidiaries was founded in co-operation with a local entrepreneur who<br />
contributed local market familiarity and a significant share of capital to LLSC's mainly<br />
technical know -how.<br />
A similar strategy of co-operation with sophisticated local entrepreneurs was not found<br />
feasible for <strong>China</strong>. Most co-operation strategies in <strong>China</strong> between foreign and Chinese<br />
businesses are joint ventures between the foreign firm and usually a state owned or state<br />
affiliated company or organisation. While these organisations or companies may contribute a<br />
lot of market knowledge, experience of other foreign companies in the Chinese market has<br />
shown that operating a joint venture successfully demands a lot of skills from the foreign<br />
party. In particular, the generation of a sound understanding of the Chinese market and the<br />
Chinese way of business must not be neglected. While local partners generally offer a variety<br />
56
of relevant contacts to suppliers and customers, their technical and management skills are<br />
much more limited than those of LLSC's typical western co-operation partners.<br />
<strong>The</strong>refore, it was concluded that LLSC did not have the relevant skills to pursue market entry<br />
speedily in <strong>China</strong>. This was true especially as <strong>China</strong> would have been the company's first<br />
major venture into an Asian market.<br />
It was therefore recommended that LLSC should follow a more moderate approach, acquiring<br />
relevant market knowledge, as well as know -how of joint venture management with Chinese<br />
characteristics. At the same time the company was advised to step up its marketing efforts in<br />
<strong>China</strong> through agents or similar distribution channels to gain first hand market experience<br />
without any significant investment in the region.<br />
This preparation phase would also allow some time for the top management to familiarise<br />
itself with the different market conditions and requirements it would meet in the Chinese<br />
market. With a sufficient preparation phase, management capacity can be built up, and<br />
financing secured.<br />
All planning steps should be pursued with the background knowledge that the specific fit<br />
investigation showed that <strong>China</strong> was a promising market. As soon as the company's general<br />
readiness is assured, market entry will be very promising for LLSC.<br />
3.1.3.2 Case Study 2: Swiss printing systems company (SPSC)<br />
SPSC is a SME with nearly 500 employees and a turnover of some 150m CHF. It has 2<br />
production facilities and 9 subs idiaries world wide. It focuses on labelling printing machines,<br />
which it partly produces itself and partly trades. One of its strengths is a sophisticated service<br />
system which assures reliable and fast after sales service.<br />
Until the 1980s SPSC was a local company, selling to an international market through<br />
independent agents. This strategy was modified in 1982 with the founding of a subsidiary in<br />
the United States, to which more subsidiaries were added throughout the early 1990s.<br />
In 1994, the company realised, that it has to grow quickly to become a global player in its<br />
market niche. For this reason it re-examined its business, resulting in a reformulation of its<br />
strategy. <strong>The</strong> company's leadership believed that quick and profitable growth was necessary<br />
to survive in an increasingly global and increasingly competitive market environment.<br />
57
General readiness<br />
<strong>The</strong> first step of SPSC's two-fold analysis and self-examination process was to investigate the<br />
company's strengths and weaknesses in face of the new strategic goal. <strong>The</strong> results of such a<br />
SWOT (strengths - weaknesses; opportunities - threats) analysis are shown in TABLE 2-1:<br />
STRENGTHS<br />
• High quality<br />
• Well known products in niche markets<br />
• Strong production skills<br />
• Reputation for excellent service<br />
• Flexibility in business processes<br />
OPPORTUNITIES<br />
• spreading of risk and becoming global<br />
player<br />
• realisation of cost advantages<br />
• realising market potentials<br />
WEAKNESSES<br />
• weak negotiating position<br />
• limited financing resources<br />
• limited personnel, especially management<br />
resources<br />
• little internal information about target<br />
countries and markets<br />
THREATS<br />
• investments of significant magnitude<br />
• market risks difficult to evaluated<br />
• political and various other risks<br />
• potentially too high quality standards for<br />
target market<br />
TABLE 3-1: SWOT analysis for SPSC in respect to market entry in Asia<br />
In the first phase of the analysis process, SPSC therefore realised that its organisation was not<br />
prepared for the typical direct investment market entry method of many large multinational<br />
companies (MNCs). While MNCs have relatively easy access to capital markets and do not<br />
encounter difficulties in hiring able job applicants, smaller companies like SPSC are<br />
disadvantaged in both areas. <strong>The</strong> opportunities, on the other hand, especially the perceived<br />
necessity of becoming a global player, convinced the management to continue pursuing its<br />
goals, albeit with the results of the business self -examination in mind.<br />
<strong>The</strong> company's management reasoned that it needed a tailor-made market entry strategy to<br />
overcome its company specific limitations and to reduce the threats involved in large scale<br />
market entry. <strong>The</strong> result of this analysis process was a strategy of opening up only one wholly<br />
ow ned subsidiary in Southeast- and East Asia and to co-operate in the other countries closely<br />
with locally well-connected partner companies on a contractual basis. <strong>The</strong> plan was to find<br />
58
partner companies with free servicing resources and to support these regional partners through<br />
the core subsidiary company. This strategy would allow a rapid growth in the target region<br />
through relatively uncomplicated partnership agreements while limiting SPSC's own risk<br />
exposure.<br />
Specific fit<br />
After the important first step of investigation was completed, SPSC had to do a more detailed<br />
specific fit analysis.<br />
In its particular case, it was more important to investigate the fit of partner company to SPSC,<br />
rather than the fit of a world-standard product to local necessities. For this reason, project<br />
groups were formed which investigated each potential partner in detail. To achieve reliable<br />
results in a short time, external experts were consulted, who added detailed market knowledge<br />
and a network of local contacts to the project teams.<br />
This specific fit analysis generated not only a list of promising co-operation partners, but also<br />
a good understanding about local markets and the competitive environment. Potential success<br />
factors were also side products of this investigation, as well as a list of likely future clients.<br />
Through this two fold pre -entry business self-examination, SPSC therefore created a highly<br />
successful strategy, that prepared the company in an optimal way for a more global business<br />
environment. In particular, it managed to achieve the following tasks:<br />
Transfer of strengths<br />
<strong>The</strong> own strength of superior customer service could be transferred to the target region by a<br />
carefully selected number of local partner companies.<br />
Through signing partnership agreements with 15 companies in as many countries in only a<br />
few months, economies of scale could be achieved rapidly without an overly usage of capital<br />
and personnel resources.<br />
Reduction of weaknesses<br />
As a result of the new strategy, SPSC's multinational client face an equally multinational<br />
supplier. Additionally, the utilisation of company resources could be kept to a minimum.<br />
Finally, an innovative company with global visions has now a much better chance to attract<br />
highly qualified job applicants.<br />
59
Realising opportunities<br />
Participation in growing markets is realised within an organisational structure that is flexible<br />
enough to allow more aggressive growth if needed, through the finding of more wholly owned<br />
subsidiaries. On the other hand - especially in the view of the recent Asia crisis - the flexible<br />
organisational structure keeps risks at a minimum by having only very few own resources tied<br />
up in the region.<br />
Avoiding of threats<br />
Capital invested in foreign countries is kept minimal. Through the network of local contacts in<br />
connection with a wholly owned subsidiary, gathering of relevant information has become<br />
much more easy. Lastly, overall business risk is being reduced by spreading the activities over<br />
a large variety of markets.<br />
<strong>The</strong> example of SPSC shows how a detailed business self-examination can help to find a very<br />
attractive market entry strategy. By carefully relating the organisation's strengths and<br />
weaknesses to the market entry's opportunities and threats, the company could design a truly<br />
tailor-made and innovative ma rket entry strategy. Analysing the target market alone would<br />
not have been enough. Only the connection with the unique characteristics of the own<br />
company helps to avoid mistakes in the very important early phases of strategic planning for<br />
market entry.<br />
After long months or even years of planning, many - often fruitless - negotiation rounds, and<br />
finally the work intensive phase of building up or revamping Chinese production facilities,<br />
many companies are inclined to lean back and turn their attention to new projects. In a<br />
business environment that is both relatively new and alien to a European SME, as well as<br />
rapidly changing and evolving, such an approach might well be very destructive. A<br />
continuous process of re-evaluation and subsequent re-positioning is necessary in many<br />
projects and often crucial in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
As Paul started to reflect on his <strong>China</strong> business, he began to appreciate the extensiveness of<br />
Mr. Zheng’s preparatory work in the positioning of his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> and in the choice of<br />
partners in <strong>China</strong>. He can see the complimentary nature of his former business partners in<br />
<strong>China</strong> which Mr. Zheng had chosen to work with. Indeed, his business partners have clear<br />
60
strengths which his own company lacks, particularly in relation to the operating environment<br />
and personnel in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> next paper entitled “Maximising potential through strategy fit<br />
with potential partners” started to make sense even before Paul started to read it. <strong>The</strong> more he<br />
reads, the more he seems to appreciate the wisdom of Mr. Zheng in his choice of business<br />
collaborators as well as his understanding of <strong>China</strong> and doing business there.<br />
Rainer Kirchhofer, a senior Swiss banker and Stephan Lechner, a practising engineer who<br />
both chose to further their management studies at the HSG (NDU programme), wrote:<br />
3.2 Maximising Potential Through Strategic Fit with Potential Partners (by<br />
Rainer G. Kirchhofer and Stephan Lechner)<br />
Going from Switzerland to the PRC, one encounters not only a different culture and language,<br />
but also a completely different economic system. In many aspects, e.g. infrastructure and<br />
similar facilities, <strong>China</strong> progresses at a slow pace. Yet in other aspects, such as its dynamic<br />
economic growth and its capability to plan and guide this huge empire, <strong>China</strong> is far ahead of<br />
developing countries. <strong>China</strong>’s diversity from the Yangtze Delta Zone, its vast agricultural<br />
hinterland, and its new Chinese metropolis Hong Kong, as well as its size and long<br />
independent development over thousands of years make <strong>China</strong> in every respect a special case.<br />
This can be seen particularly in its economic development and reform movement. In an<br />
atmosphere reminiscent of the "Klondike Gold Rush“, the streets of Shanghai <strong>China</strong> are filled<br />
with handily equipped foreign business people struggling to learn how to make a profit in a<br />
challenging but at the same time, frustrating, economic environment. 74<br />
3.2.1 Issues and Scope of this Paper<br />
Having had the opportunity to visit the Shanghai area, the authors of this text realised how<br />
difficult it is to do business in <strong>China</strong>. This was seen by visiting some Joint <strong>Venture</strong> (JV)<br />
companies as well as by experiencing first-hand the rapidly growing economy. This study will<br />
focus on Swiss small and medium sized enterprises (SME's) entering the attractive Shanghai<br />
market (see Special Economic Zones (SEZ)). Whether the market entrance is independent or<br />
financially supported by other Swiss institutions or branches within <strong>China</strong>, the following<br />
points will be taken into consideration:<br />
74 <strong>The</strong> trade volume between <strong>China</strong> and Switzerland reached over one billion Swiss Francs in imports<br />
and approx. 840 million Swiss Francs in exports in 1996 (Source: Bulletin of Swiss-Chinese Chamber<br />
of Commerce 01/1997).<br />
61
• What are the roles of and the reasons for the Chinese government’s creating special<br />
economic or free trade zones?<br />
• Where are risks, opportunities, barriers, hurdles, regulations, and laws relating to foreign<br />
investors?<br />
• What kind of support does the Swiss Government provide?<br />
• What role do foreign banks play in supporting SME's entering the Chinese market?<br />
• What are the reasons for Swiss SME's to engage themselves in the Chinese market?<br />
• What are the strategic factors for SME's to be successful in Chinese business?<br />
• What are the requirements for SME's before they even should plan to invest in <strong>China</strong>?<br />
• What are the strategies most likely to prove success for setting up business in <strong>China</strong>?<br />
3.2.2 Changes in <strong>China</strong>’s Attitude towards Investors<br />
3.2.2.1 <strong>The</strong> Chinese Government<br />
<strong>The</strong> 15 th <strong>China</strong> Communist Party Congress, which took place in September 1997, was the first<br />
congress in 20 years without the physical presence of Deng Xiaoping. Yet the congress was<br />
still under the influence of the "great banner of the Deng-<strong>The</strong>ory“ to lead and forge the<br />
extensive development of ‘<strong>China</strong> socialism’ into the 21 st century. <strong>The</strong> start of the largest<br />
Government reform in the history of the People’s Republic resulted from this congress and<br />
will be published by the spring of 1998 after its ratification of the National People’s<br />
Congress. 75<br />
Mainland <strong>China</strong> is ruled by a Communist Politburo that consists of retired powerful leaders.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se leaders must answer to this Politburo and are required to implement party policies. <strong>The</strong><br />
primary legislators of state power are the State Council or Cabinet and the National People’s<br />
Congress (NPC). Members of the State Council include a premier or Prime Minister, several<br />
vice-premiers, nine state councillors, and the heads of various ministries, commissions, and<br />
agencies attached to the State Council.<br />
75 Neue Zürcher Zeitung, 13.9.97.<br />
62
Central Committee<br />
of the Communist Party<br />
National People's Congress<br />
Consultative Congress<br />
of the Chinese People<br />
President and Vice President State Council Supreme Prosecutor Supreme Court<br />
State Commissions Ministries<br />
State Administrations<br />
and Bureaus<br />
Institutions<br />
e.g. for e.g. for e.g. for - Chinese Academy<br />
of Science<br />
- State Planning - Foreign Trade and - Customs - Chinese Academy<br />
- Industry and Commerce Economic Cooperation - Industry and Commerce of Social Sciences<br />
- Science and Technology - Finance - Taxation - Centre for Research<br />
- Science and Technology - Justice - Environment and Development<br />
for defense - Energy, Water and Railways - Press and Publications - Xinghua Press Agency<br />
- Post and Telecommunication - Statistics<br />
- Radio, Film and Television - Technology Transfer<br />
- specific industry branches<br />
- Agriculture<br />
- People's Bank of <strong>China</strong><br />
- State Security<br />
- National Defense<br />
Administrations and Bureaus of the<br />
Commissions and Ministries<br />
- State Administration of Exchange Control<br />
- State Administration for Import and Export of Raw Material<br />
- State Expert Bureau<br />
- State Bureau for Nuclear Security<br />
- State Bureau for Copyright<br />
- State Bureau for Patents<br />
FIGURE 3-1: Organisation of the Government of the People's Republic of <strong>China</strong> 76<br />
Under the Chinese constitution, the NPC is theoretically the state’s highest governing body.<br />
Members are elected by secret ballot for a five-year term by provincial-level People’s<br />
congresses. <strong>The</strong>y meet annually for about two weeks to review major new policy initiatives<br />
presented by the State Council after they have been endorsed by the Communist Party’s<br />
Central Committee. Although the NPC generally approves these initiatives, the NPC<br />
committees debate in closed sessions, and changes may be made to accommodate alternative<br />
views. 77<br />
Overall, <strong>China</strong> finds itself in a difficult transition phase between market and plan. <strong>The</strong> longing<br />
for wealth is one of the main motivations for the actual dynamism of economic development.<br />
However, there is still tendency for a family and clan economy, which supports small and<br />
work intensive enterprise entities and not large and progressive investments in high tech fields<br />
or such areas of businesses. <strong>China</strong> would like to be more than a cheap salary country and an<br />
"outsourced“ work-table for foreign investors. Instead of low tech fields, modern future<br />
76 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch u nd Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 30.<br />
63
technologies and great amounts of capital should be brought into the country. Europe and the<br />
USA are more than welcome to enter the new modern model of the Chinese economy. Yet<br />
success is far from guaranteed. Deng’s reforms liberated millions to earn a decent living and<br />
some to become wealthy. Farmers in the countryside can still only profit from the land but<br />
may not own it outright. People in <strong>China</strong>’s richer coastal provinces look to foreign markets<br />
and investments, rather than to Mr. Jiang’s Beijing. "Today <strong>China</strong>’s state-owned enterprises<br />
still account for around two-fifths of industrial output and soak up four-fifths of investment,<br />
blocking opportunities for more productive companies to create wealth and jobs. In many<br />
ways <strong>China</strong> remains a collectivist nightmare. Nine out of ten Communists at party<br />
headquarters tell you it must stay that way.“ 78<br />
3.2.2.2 Creation of Special Economic Zones (SEZ), Free Trade Zones (FTZ),<br />
and High Technology Development Zones<br />
Special Economic Zones (SEZ)<br />
Deng Xiaoping’s idea that some regions should get preferential treatment and become rich<br />
sooner than others was essential. Between 1979 and 1980, in order to attract foreign<br />
investments, the Chinese Government entitled the Guangdong and Fujian provinces to special<br />
preferential policies and flexibility in their economic activities. On a "trial basis“ five special<br />
economic zones were opened (Shenzhen, Zhuhai, Xiamen, Shantou, and Hainan Island). 79 In<br />
May 1984, <strong>China</strong> opened 14 coastal cities including Shanghai. In the 1990s, the Shanghai<br />
Pudong New Area was opened. <strong>The</strong> opening of all these areas has had a great impact on<br />
inland <strong>China</strong> and the border areas.<br />
So far <strong>China</strong> has established special economic zones, economic and technological<br />
development zones, coastal open cities, coastal open economic regions, riverside open cities,<br />
and tourism and vacation zones. In total, there are ten different types of open regions where<br />
preferential policies are granted for foreign investment. Within these regions, a large number<br />
of infrastructure and service facilities have been established: communications, electric power<br />
supply, telecommunications, water supply, and industrial facilities. All this creates a sound<br />
77<br />
Craighead’s Country Reports, 1996.<br />
78<br />
<strong>The</strong> Economist, 9/97.<br />
79<br />
Ernst and Young, Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, 1994.<br />
64
environment for foreign investment and good living conditions for foreign staff working in<br />
<strong>China</strong>. 80<br />
FIGURE 3-2: Map of <strong>China</strong> 81<br />
<strong>The</strong> run to <strong>China</strong> (possibly due to low growth rates in the industrial countries) favoured the<br />
idea and implementation of special zones. Today approximately 288 special zones are found<br />
within <strong>China</strong>, each having different tax concessions and supportive measures for foreign<br />
investors. Generally, technology and export intensive companies can rely on generous<br />
privileges. Mostly terms and conditions depend on good negotiation skills by the investors.<br />
Suzhou and Wuxi (Province Jiangsu) e.g., two hours from Shanghai by car, are known for<br />
conceding even more privileges in order to attract important foreign investors. 82<br />
Free Trade Zones (FTZ) and High-Technology Development Zones<br />
Free Trade Zones, also known as bonded trade zones, were established primarily to encourage<br />
export processing by allowing the duty-free import of goods and materials. By the end of<br />
1993, there were 13 FTZ's.<br />
<strong>China</strong> has approximately 50 hi-tech industry development zones. <strong>The</strong>se zones were<br />
established to encourage economic and technological development and to attract technology-<br />
intensive and knowledge -intensive enterprises that research, develop, or produce several types<br />
of new technology and related projects, including microelectronics, information technology<br />
and computer software, laser technology, biotechnology, life science and pharmaceuticals,<br />
etc..<br />
80 Wang Yongjun, Investment in <strong>China</strong>, 1997.<br />
81 Source: Internet http://www.emulateme.com/chinamap.htm.<br />
82 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997.<br />
65
3.2.3 Foreign Governments<br />
This paper will focus on Swiss Government practices concerning export risk guarantees and<br />
special funding.<br />
3.2.3.1 Export Risk Insurance<br />
<strong>The</strong> Export Risk Guarantee (ERG) is an instrument to facilitate Swiss exporters entering into<br />
contracts with purchasers in countries where uncertain political or economic conditions could<br />
jeopardise receipt of payment. <strong>The</strong> ERG is based on the Swiss Federal Law of September 26,<br />
1958, the relevant decree of the Swiss Fe deral Council of January 15, 1969 and the order of<br />
the Federal Department of the Economy of March 15, 1985. <strong>The</strong> law and decree have since<br />
undergone a number of amendments to adapt them to the rapidly changing requirements of<br />
today's export promotion.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Export Risk Guarantee is available to companies established and registered in<br />
Switzerland and cover may be obtained for the following:<br />
• exports of consumer and capital goods<br />
• constructions and engineering work and other services<br />
• licensing and know -how agreements<br />
• goods on consignment abroad or on exhibition at trade fairs<br />
(cover against seizure of goods or impossibility of re-exportation)<br />
• bid-bonds, down payment guarantees, and performance guarantees<br />
<strong>The</strong> coverable risks include Political risk, Transfer Risk, Commercial Risk, "Unlimited“<br />
contingent currency risk, Manufacturing risk, and Non-coverable risk.<br />
3.2.3.2 Special Funds for Setting Up Businesses<br />
"<strong>The</strong> Government of Switzerland and <strong>China</strong> signed a ‘memorandum of understanding’ in<br />
October 1996 to launch the ‘Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund’. <strong>The</strong> fund aims at financing and<br />
actively supporting Swiss small and medium sized companies to set-up joint ventures in<br />
<strong>China</strong> faster, in a more efficient way, or in a larger proportion than would be possible without<br />
this new investment promotion initiative. A contribution to sustainable development in the<br />
PRC and improvement of the currently difficult situation of Swiss small and medium sized<br />
enterprises as the basis of the Swiss economy should also be achieved. This fund serves as a<br />
pilot direct investment-program in the PRC and will have a significant impact on the future<br />
66
legal and regulatory environment of direct investment in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> Swiss Government has<br />
nominated a subsidiary of the ‘State Development Bank of <strong>China</strong>’ to be eventually appointed<br />
fund manager once mutually agreeable negotiations have been concluded and all necessary<br />
details of the funds structure have been approved by the Swiss Federal Council.“ 83<br />
Swiss JV<br />
Partners<br />
+<br />
Subsidiary of State<br />
Development Bank<br />
Investment Committee<br />
PRC JV<br />
Partners<br />
Investments<br />
Debt: min 50%<br />
Equity: min 67%<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
Projects<br />
Sino-Swiss<br />
Partnership Fund<br />
Switzerland (min 51%)<br />
Chinese Government<br />
In-/Divestment Due Diligence / Management Support<br />
Administration Decision Control Authority<br />
In-/Divestments:<br />
Debt: max 50%<br />
Equity: max 33%<br />
Max. CHF 5 Mio./project<br />
Initial injection:<br />
Min. CHF 15 Mio.<br />
Max. CHF 49 Mio.<br />
FIGURE 3-3: Preliminary structure of the "Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund" 84<br />
3.2.4 Environment for Investors<br />
3.2.4.1 Tax Holidays, Customs Liberation, and Other Incentives<br />
To encourage foreign investment, several tax holidays and benefits are granted. To support<br />
special development in certain areas, the Government has granted special status to the SEZ’s,<br />
14 open coastal cities, coastal open economic zones, high-technology development zones, and<br />
other areas. In these regions, special incentives and privileges are accorded to foreign<br />
investors. <strong>The</strong>se include reduced corporate income tax rates, tax holidays, exemption from or<br />
reduction in withholding taxes for profits remitted overseas, exemption from or reduction in<br />
import and export taxes, lower land-use fees and simplified entry and exit procedures. 85<br />
83<br />
Source: Dr. Daniel V. Christen (Consultant of the Sino-Swiss Partnership Fund), Beijing, March 19,<br />
1997.<br />
84<br />
Source: Seminar OSEC in Zurich, March 19, 1997.<br />
85 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />
67
Incentives for Foreign Investors:<br />
In general:<br />
Reduced corporate tax (15 - 24% instead of normally 30%)<br />
No additional income tax (normally 3 - 10% of the corporate tax)<br />
No industry or trade taxes levied on export products<br />
In addition for Sino-foreign production joint ventures:<br />
No corporate tax for the first two years with profits<br />
50% tax reduction for the following 3 respectively 5 years<br />
Additional incentives for the reinvestment of profits for foreign investors:<br />
40% reimbursement of the already paid corporate tax on the reinvested portion of the profit for<br />
minimum 5 following years<br />
100% reimbursement possible in case the reinvestment is used to found a high-tech enterprise for<br />
export purposes only<br />
Customs:<br />
Liberation from customs (and liberation from industry and commerce tax) for the import of raw<br />
materials as well as manufacturing equipment for joint ventures (this regulation was cancelled for<br />
the coastal regions per April 1 st 1996)<br />
Other incentives:<br />
Cheap rents for land use<br />
Good access to public infrastructure<br />
Flexible Government administration<br />
TABLE 3-2: Incentives for foreign investors 86<br />
3.2.4.2 Loans and Guarantees by the State<br />
Currently, financing for foreign-investment projects in <strong>China</strong> is generally provided partially<br />
by foreign investors and partially through borrowing from overseas banks with suitable<br />
guarantees provided by the Chinese parties. Such external debt is monitored by the State<br />
Administration of Exchange (SAEC). <strong>The</strong> Bank of <strong>China</strong> may provide several types of loans<br />
to foreign-investment enterprises, including fixed asset loans, working capital loans, and loans<br />
secured with cash deposits. Foreign companies may also apply for RMB loans to be secured<br />
by their own foreign-exchange reserves, including foreign exchange borrowed from abroad.<br />
To control the loan guarantee activities of Chinese entities, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and<br />
Economic Co-operation (MOFTEC) has produced a list of Chinese and foreign entities that<br />
are authorised to make financial guarantees to PRC investment projects. <strong>The</strong> Government has<br />
co-operative relationships with the World Bank and is a member of the Asia Development<br />
Bank. In addition, <strong>China</strong> has been granted low -interest loans by many state-owned banks of<br />
different countries, and these loans may be used to finance investment projects in <strong>China</strong>. 87<br />
86 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 60.<br />
87 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />
68
3.2.4.3 Legal Framework for Foreign Investment<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s various types of law and accounting firms are extremely important and indispensable<br />
to foreign investment since a foreign business’s investment in a Chinese enterprise is<br />
governed by Chinese law, as are investment and operational activities. <strong>The</strong> state council<br />
initiates and oversees the legislative process, with the assistance and input of the appropriate<br />
Government departments, organisations, and other relevant institutions. Laws subsequently<br />
are voted on by the NPC or its standing committee.<br />
Since the beginning of Deng’s open door policy, <strong>China</strong> has begun to develop a legal<br />
framework to benefit investors and to facilitate foreign investment. Much of the enacted<br />
legislation is broadly written, and <strong>China</strong> is gradually filling in the details. <strong>The</strong> Chinese<br />
economy is developing more rapidly than its legal system. In addition, Chinese law is often<br />
inaccessible since some laws are published only in Chinese, and many internal regulations are<br />
not published at all. 88<br />
Since the fostering of foreign investment today is one of the ultimate goals, <strong>China</strong> places great<br />
importance on establishing, also in respect of law, a calculable environment for foreign<br />
capital. As long as <strong>China</strong> wants to maintain its image as a magnet for world -wide investment<br />
streams into its country, there will be some degree of dependability. This could mean, as<br />
Spinoza said, "Everyone has as much right as he has power“.<br />
Due to the relatively underdeveloped legal system, detailed written contracts are crucial in<br />
order to forestall misunderstandings and to fill existing gaps. Concerning accounting, for all<br />
foreign companies (including WFOE’s) accounting rules and re gulations have to be followed<br />
according to Chinese rules and in the Chinese language. Legal basis is the Accounting<br />
Regulations Application to Sino-Foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s of the years 1985/1992<br />
respectively to Sino-Foreign Investment Enterprises of July 1992. 89<br />
3.2.4.4 Legal Provisions Concerning Land Use<br />
<strong>The</strong> main policies, laws, and regulations concerning land use by FIE’s are the Law of the PRC<br />
on Land Administration and the Law of the PRC on Chinese-Foreign Equity JV. Land-use by<br />
FIE’s means the use of land necessary for the construction, operation, and production of their<br />
projects as well as the development and management of tracts of land by such enterprises. <strong>The</strong><br />
88 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst and Young, 1994.<br />
89 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.133.<br />
69
characteristics in this regard can be summed up as the use of land with compensation and<br />
within a limited period of time by foreign-invested enterprises and by signing a land use<br />
contract, defining the rights and obligations of both the land user and the land owner.<br />
In <strong>China</strong>, there are different ways for foreign-invested enterprises to obtain state-owned land<br />
use rights. <strong>The</strong> following two ways are most practised:<br />
Granting of State-Owned Land Use Rights<br />
According to the Provisional Regulations on Granting and Transferring of Use Rights of<br />
Urban State-Owned Land of the PRC, the state as the landowner, may, by means of public<br />
bidding, auction, or agreement, extend land use rights for a certain number of years to FIE’s<br />
(maximum 50 years).<br />
FIE’s pay for it a lump-sum fee, sign a contract obtaining the land use rights with the state<br />
land management department, go through registration formalities, and acquire a land use<br />
certificate. Land use rights obtained in this way can be transferred, leased, or mortgaged.<br />
Leasing Buildings and Sites<br />
By this land use method, FIE's may lease buildings or sites directly from state-run enterprises,<br />
urban collective -run enterprises, township enterprises, or other urban collective economic<br />
organisations and pay them either annual or monthly rent as set out in the leasing contract<br />
between them. 90<br />
3.2.4.5 Intellectual Property<br />
<strong>The</strong> Trademark Law is a modern piece of legislation (NPC,1983) drawn from extensive<br />
research carried out by Chinese specialists who worked in foreign countries and as well with<br />
the World Intellectual Property Organization of the United Nations. <strong>The</strong> Trademark Law led<br />
to the following major developments:<br />
• the emergence of the concept of exclusive rights in <strong>China</strong><br />
• the introduction of a voluntary registration system<br />
• clear procedures for trademark application examination and registration<br />
• the linking of trademark rights to quality control<br />
90 Investement in <strong>China</strong>, Wang Yongjun, 1997, pp 147.<br />
70
• <strong>China</strong>’s entry into membership of the Paris Convention for the Protection of Intellectual<br />
Property<br />
<strong>The</strong> patent law was introduced in 1985. To satisfy foreign investor concerns over the<br />
protection of computer software, specific regulations were promulgated by the Government to<br />
protect computer software and to establish a system of registration. As a result of these<br />
important developments, <strong>China</strong>’s system for the protection of intellectual property is<br />
complete. 91<br />
3.2.4.6 Guanxi<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s traditional politic al system was fundamentally a pattern of personal relationships.<br />
Today, personal relationships known as guanxi form an invisible network which often<br />
provides the most efficient way of getting anything done. <strong>The</strong>refore, the extent of one’s own<br />
personal guanxi may determine the legality of what one does. Given the strong increase of<br />
Chinese legislation, it is easy to assume that the written law in itself is the law. Unaware of<br />
the informal systems functioning beyond the statute, a foreigner may find himself working<br />
with only part of the system. <strong>The</strong> obligation to help and support is the crucial factor in<br />
Chinese networks. <strong>The</strong>re are three different degrees of obligation:<br />
• the strongest form of guanxi is caused through birth. For family members it is a natural<br />
duty to support and trust each other. <strong>The</strong> family is the central basis of Chinese society and<br />
the business environment, which is supported by their "Confucian“ values.<br />
• the second form of obligation stems from life experience. <strong>The</strong>se are personal ties formed<br />
prior to a business career. School-, University-, Army-friendships, which build life -long<br />
solidarity towards each other.<br />
• the third and weakest form of obligation is based on personal connections from business.<br />
Since the reform area has started, business associations, such as the "Individual Laborers<br />
Associations“ or "<strong>The</strong> Young Factory Director and Manager Associations“, etc. have been<br />
established in Shanghai in order to build a business network.<br />
Most successful businessmen realise the importance of guanxi, and all of them have their<br />
relationships, but only in their "Western world“ and business environment. <strong>The</strong> above<br />
mentioned first form is inaccessible to foreigners, and the second is very hard to achieve.<br />
91 <strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong>, Lawrence Brahm, Li Daoran, 1996, p.19.<br />
71
Only a so called "ad-hoc guanxi“ or the relationship thr ough informal associations could be a<br />
realistic aim for a foreign investor in order to build up an obligation relationship with Chinese<br />
partners. 92<br />
It is a prejudice in the Western world that Chinese entrepreneurs are regarded as "patriarchal<br />
autocrats" who alone reign over huge and hierarchically structured companies. A<br />
decentralised leadership culture is much more common relying on delegation of responsibility<br />
and trustful connections. This is mostly due to the control of the family network still present<br />
today and widely used by the middle class as a reliably working credit system. 93 In <strong>China</strong>,<br />
with her close knit of family ties, borrowing from family members is very common. Other<br />
sources of financing are "tontines" or "huay", an informal system of banking commonly found<br />
among Chinese. 94<br />
3.2.4.7 Environmental Protection<br />
According to the relevant Chinese laws and regulations, projects with foreign investments that<br />
affect the environment must be in compliance with <strong>China</strong>’s regulations regarding<br />
environmental protection of investment projects, following examination and approval<br />
procedures, to avoid damage to <strong>China</strong>’s environment arising from random construction.<br />
According to the Decision of the State Council on the Focal Points of the Present Industrial<br />
Policies, <strong>China</strong> does the following:<br />
• exercises strict control over imported raw materials, products, technologies, and equipment<br />
that result in serious environmental pollution that is hard to treat, in order to prevent<br />
foreign polluting sources from entering <strong>China</strong><br />
• forbids the introduction of projects that degrade natural resources or human health or<br />
seriously pollute the environment with no effective counteractive measures or emit<br />
pollutants that exceed State standards<br />
• restricts the introduction of projects that may result in serious hard to treat environmental<br />
pollution, such as dismantling and reconditioning of old vehicles or retreating of old tires<br />
92 Students' report on excursion to Shanghai, FIM at Hochschule St. Gallen, 1997.<br />
93 Source: "<strong>The</strong> Chinese Connection" from Swiss periodical "Bilanz", issue 6/1997, p. 94.<br />
94 Sources of business financing and financing practices, Chong Li Choy, 1990.<br />
72
• stipulates that advanced technologies and relevant advanced facilities for environmental<br />
protection shall be concurrently introduced for projects involving pollution problems for<br />
which <strong>China</strong> does not have relevant treatment facilities.<br />
Foreign businesses are encouraged to introduce highly efficient pesticide technologies with<br />
low toxic content and environmental pollution treatment technologies and to establish projects<br />
with advanced technologies such as commodity paper pulp, leather processing, highly<br />
efficient raw chemical drugs and pharmaceutical intermediates. 95<br />
3.2.5 Forms of Foreign Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />
In general, Foreign Investment Enterprises (FIE’s) must contribute to the development of<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s economy. <strong>The</strong> Chinese State planners and MOFTEC describe the following goals<br />
concerning foreign investments: 96<br />
• Import of technology and promotion of technical renovation<br />
• Import of capital and increase foreign-currency income<br />
• Quick returns, greater profitability, and promotion of efficiency<br />
• Improvement of product quality and increase product variety and the international<br />
competitiveness<br />
• Improvement of the Chinese balance of trade through exports to other countries<br />
• Enabling the training of technical and managerial personnel<br />
FIE’s include:<br />
• Sino-foreign equity joint ventures<br />
• co-operative (or contractual) joint ventures<br />
• wholly foreign-owned enterprises<br />
• Chinese holding companies<br />
95 Investement in <strong>China</strong>, Wang Yongjun, 1997, pp. 153.<br />
96 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.133 and<br />
Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 44.<br />
73
3.2.5.1 Sino-foreign Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />
Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s are governed by the law on "JV-Using Chinese and Foreign<br />
Investment“ (1979/1990) and by related regulations on such matters as registration, taxation,<br />
labour, accounting, minimum equity requirements, and contributions of registered capital. An<br />
equity JV must be formed as a limited liability company. Parties to the JV may include<br />
Chinese corporations, enterprises or other entities, and one or more foreign companies,<br />
enterprises, or individuals. (Schindler, Switzerland, 4.7.1980, first JV in <strong>China</strong>). 97<br />
Equity investments in JV's may be made in the form of cash, equipment and machinery,<br />
technology and industrial property rights, and other assets. By law, the foreign party must<br />
contribute at least 25% of the total registered capital. In practice, the capital contribution<br />
percentage is normally closer to 50% for each investor. <strong>The</strong> most common contributions from<br />
Chinese partners are land, labour, factory buildings, and raw materials. Partners share profits<br />
and bear risks and losses in proportion to their equity contributions. 98<br />
3.2.5.2 Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV)<br />
In contrast to equity JV's, Co-operative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s offer greater flexibility in structuring<br />
an investment. <strong>The</strong> participants may use buildings, equipment, land-use rights, intellectual<br />
property, and other investments without having to express these contributions in monetary<br />
terms. Parties are free to agree on the method or timing of profit distribution. In addition,<br />
arrangements may be made to enable the foreign partner to recover its investments before the<br />
expiration of the JV-investors establish CJV's for projects that have a limited duration and a<br />
specific objective, such as the construction of a building, hotel, or factory. 99<br />
3.2.5.3 Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprises (WFOE)<br />
Wholly foreign-owned enterprises are governed by the law on "Sole Foreign Investment<br />
Enterprises“ (1986). Although JV's are the most common form of foreign investment in<br />
<strong>China</strong>, investments in WFOE have increased substantially in recent years as a result of the<br />
relative convenience and simplicity in setting up and operating such enterprises. Like equity<br />
JV's, WFOE's must stress the development of <strong>China</strong>’s economy. In general, a WFOE is<br />
formed as a limited liability company but may be established as another form of entity upon<br />
97 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 43.<br />
98 Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 44.<br />
99 Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 45.<br />
74
Government approval. Foreign investors may remit abroad profits earned from the enterprise<br />
or other legitimate income. 100<br />
After a survey of the "Delegation of German Industry and Commerce (1995)“, a WFOE is<br />
preferred by foreign investors under the following conditions:<br />
• the produced products target a narrowly limited customer base (which the Western<br />
enterprise knows and to which it alone can also provide services without a Chinese partner.<br />
• the head enterprise is deeply rooted in the Western culture and would like to transfer its<br />
corporate culture exactly on a one -to-one basis<br />
• the enterprise produces in the high-tech-area and would like to exercise maximum control<br />
over production processes and products<br />
• the enterprise operates in a surroundings (location) within <strong>China</strong>, in which the legal and<br />
administrative infrastructure is relative advanced, efficient, and reliable (this point makes it<br />
especially clear why so many purely foreign companies are found in the coastal regions).<br />
• it concerns a small and medium sized enterprise<br />
3.2.5.4 Chinese Holding Companies<br />
Chinese authorities finally have approved the formation of Chinese Holding Companies<br />
(CHC) by foreign investors. CHC’s are corporate arrangements under which a foreign<br />
investor forms a wholly owned subsidiary in <strong>China</strong> for the sole purpose of holding investment<br />
interests, including equity joint ventures and WFOE’s. So far no published regulations<br />
concerning the approval of CHC’s exist, and CHC’s are approved on a case -by-case basis by<br />
MOFTEC. <strong>The</strong> minimum capital investment of a CHC must be at least US$ 30 million.<br />
CHC's enjoy a number of tax and other advantages as for e.g. employ local PRC nationals in<br />
its own name without going through authorised employment agencies or act as an agent for<br />
sourcing raw materials a nd for export sales of finished goods from its subsidiaries, etc. 101<br />
100 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 45.<br />
101 Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, Ernst & Young, 1994, p. 46 and <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen<br />
Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997.<br />
75
3.2.5.5 Comparison between Investment Vehicles<br />
<strong>The</strong> form of investment chosen is a function of balancing management control with financial<br />
exposure 102 :<br />
Cooperative Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
Wholly Foreign-Owned<br />
Enterprise<br />
increased control<br />
Chinese Holding Company<br />
(see text above)<br />
FIGURE 3-4: Management control vs. financial exposure of various investment vehicles<br />
102 <strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong>, Lawrence Brahm, Li Daoran, 1996, p. 17 and <strong>China</strong> -<br />
Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.134.<br />
increased exposure<br />
76
Co-operative Joint<br />
<strong>Venture</strong><br />
Status Partner structure<br />
May acquire status of<br />
legal entity if<br />
requirements are met and<br />
stated in contract<br />
Liability Individual Liability of<br />
parties may be limited by<br />
parties in their contract<br />
Manage -ment If registered as a legal<br />
entity Board of Directors<br />
must be established at the<br />
outset<br />
If not established as a<br />
legal entity, a joint<br />
management committee<br />
Capital<br />
contribution<br />
should be set up<br />
Law does not provide for<br />
capital contribution ratio<br />
between p arties<br />
Foreign: usually<br />
equipment and technology<br />
Chinese: usually labour,<br />
land and cash<br />
Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Wholly Foreign-owned<br />
Investment Enterprise<br />
Corporate structure<br />
Status of legal entity<br />
Limited liability within<br />
limits of parties’ capital<br />
Board of Directors<br />
Regulate by articles of<br />
association<br />
Joint management and<br />
operation<br />
Specific min. on foreign<br />
party’s contribution:25%<br />
of registered capital<br />
Foreign: usually<br />
equipment and technology<br />
Chinese: usually labour,<br />
land and cash<br />
Set time schedule for<br />
putting up contribution<br />
Corporate structure<br />
Status of legal entity<br />
Liability limited to<br />
registered capital<br />
Board of Directors<br />
Regulated by articles of<br />
association<br />
Autonomy in operation<br />
and management<br />
Solely from foreign<br />
investors<br />
Profits from other JV's in<br />
<strong>China</strong> with permission<br />
from authorities<br />
Restrictions Nil Nil Advanced technology<br />
Export oriented<br />
Profit-sharing According to ratio According to capital No sharing, entirely for<br />
specified in contract contribution ratio the foreign pocket<br />
Termination According to the contract Terms: generally 10-50<br />
years<br />
No perpetual succession<br />
Specific Flexible structure and Most common for JV's Permit only obtainable<br />
features more liberty status than "expected" from Chinese with high-tech production<br />
with EJV's<br />
side<br />
facilities and export of<br />
Suitable for small projects<br />
min. 50% of manufactured<br />
without foreign<br />
involvement in<br />
management<br />
goods<br />
TABLE 3-3: Overview of investment vehicles in <strong>China</strong><br />
<strong>The</strong> following table gives an overview of the development of forms of co-operation in<br />
<strong>China</strong>: 103<br />
103 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 135.<br />
77
Number of Projects<br />
60000<br />
50000<br />
40000<br />
30000<br />
20000<br />
10000<br />
0<br />
Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />
Cooperative Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />
Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprises<br />
1979-<br />
1989<br />
1990 1991 1992 1993 1994<br />
FIGURE 3-5: Development of forms of co-operation in <strong>China</strong><br />
3.2.6 Strategy Planning<br />
Normally businesses are only oriented to <strong>China</strong> if enterprises are convinced to have suitable<br />
products, technologies or even ideas. One knows the Home and the European markets, basing<br />
thereon successfully proven concepts and strategies and now wants to participate in the huge<br />
economic increase and chances of the Chinese market.<br />
But even the most experienced and successful businessman is confronted here with hurdles<br />
and challenges he has never met. <strong>The</strong> chances of this booming world region lure companies<br />
from everywhere. But here they meet competitors from the Asian region who profit from the<br />
advantage to be located closer to <strong>China</strong> than he is. <strong>The</strong> reason of the difficulties of Western<br />
enterprises lies also on the different culture and the complicated economic system.<br />
"Men who do not think in advance, normally face difficulties“ said Confucius. Every<br />
engagement in <strong>China</strong> therefore should be carefully planned. It needs a profound market<br />
research and a matching check with the own goals and possibilities. This means also a need<br />
for co-ordination amongst product- and productivity-profiles and market demand as well as a<br />
provisional cost/benefit-calculation. Crucial as well are a realistic time horizon and the<br />
preparation of the necessary resources.<br />
78
Reflecting on these points the following checklist helps to find answers to various strategic<br />
questions concerning the <strong>China</strong> engagement:<br />
Subject Questions<br />
Goals Which goals do we want to achieve with our engagement within <strong>China</strong>? Do we expect<br />
higher turnover and returns or do we expect primarily a bigger market share and a<br />
physical presence in this huge and fast growing market?<br />
Time horizon What is our time horizon? Do we consider <strong>China</strong> as a sales market or as a base for<br />
production or even as a base of investment and distribution in the whole of Asia?<br />
Business field,<br />
products and services<br />
Technologies, material<br />
and process<br />
What is suitable for this market respectively which new solutions are needed? Are we<br />
capable (resources, know how) and do we wish to develop new products or innovations<br />
for this market?<br />
Which technologies are appropriate and useful for the sales respectively the production<br />
in <strong>China</strong>? Where is a need for further adapted technologies and research activities or<br />
innovations?<br />
Market Which markets (product markets, regional markets) and which clients (state, private)<br />
do we want to reach and primarily serve? Is there a fit between customer target groups<br />
and/or regional target groups with our organisational concept? W hat is to do to be<br />
Production-place &<br />
infrastructure<br />
better placed (market) and positioned (marketing) in these markets?<br />
Where are suitable production places and facilities? Can we achieve our investment<br />
goals and can we manage logistical problems? Where do we get funding? Can we rely<br />
on State promotion (tax holidays and other incentives)?<br />
Partners & suppliers Who are our partners and suppliers – state or private organisations within <strong>China</strong> or<br />
other partners from other states? Do we have to look for new suppliers or do we have<br />
to focus on other supply industries and clients?<br />
Competitors How strong is the position of our competitors? Do we know their strategies and goals?<br />
Where are they active and why? Whom do they work with? Where do we differ from<br />
our com petitors? Where do we have comparative advantages, where are we on a weak<br />
Human resources &<br />
training<br />
Product ion-place &<br />
infrastructure<br />
position?<br />
Do we have the necessary skilled human resources in our company to be active in<br />
<strong>China</strong> and even expand our activities and engagement? Is there a market for qualified<br />
Swiss/Chinese candidates that we could employ? How should training activities be<br />
organised in order to make us successful? How can we integrate our new enterprise in<br />
<strong>China</strong> in our training concept and personnel planning system?<br />
Where are suitable production places and facilities? Can we achieve our investment<br />
goals and can we manage logistical problems? Where do we get funding? Can we rely<br />
on State promotion (tax holidays and other incentives)?<br />
Partners & suppliers Who are our partners and suppliers – state or private organisations within <strong>China</strong> or<br />
other partners from other states? Do we have to look for new suppliers or do we have<br />
to focus on other supply industries and clients?<br />
Competitors How strong is the position of our competitors? Do we know their strategies and goals?<br />
Where are they active and why? Whom do they work with? Where do we differ from<br />
our competitors? Where do we have comparative advantages, where are we on a weak<br />
Human resources &<br />
training<br />
position?<br />
Do we have the necessary skilled human resources in our company to be active in<br />
<strong>China</strong> and even expand our activities and engagement? Is there a market for qualified<br />
Swiss/Chinese candidates that we could employ? How should training activities be<br />
organised in order to make us successful? How can we integrate our new enterprise in<br />
<strong>China</strong> in our training concept and personnel planning system?<br />
TABLE 3-4: Strategic questions for SME's planning to invest in <strong>China</strong><br />
3.2.7 Risk Analysis<br />
Risks from business engagement in <strong>China</strong> may be minimised by thorough preparation not<br />
only in the economic but also in the cultural sector as the peculiarities of <strong>China</strong> significantly<br />
79
influence all activities. A deeper understanding of economic and social connections is<br />
virtually impossible without having at least a basic knowledge of the Chinese language, way<br />
of thinking, and culture.<br />
Only a dedicated preparation well in advance helps to avoid the most common errors when<br />
setting up business in <strong>China</strong>: 104<br />
Type of Risk Consequences<br />
Risks from false<br />
estimation of the<br />
economic environment<br />
Risks from intercultural<br />
misinterpretations<br />
Risks from the human<br />
resources environment of<br />
the company<br />
Risks from the<br />
environment of<br />
expatriates<br />
losses through unforeseen changes of <strong>China</strong>’s economy politics (e.g. project<br />
acceptance, custom and import regulations)<br />
false investments due to the fact that market prognoses were wrong, or strategy<br />
non-fit (market entry, JV -foundation, technology transfer, product design,<br />
marketing)<br />
costly errors when evaluating projects, partners and location<br />
wrong estimation of Chinese partner’s performance and intents (different wishes<br />
and conditions at common projects)<br />
Difficulties at the acceptance and realisation of delivery of goods and projects<br />
(further negotiations, delay of time, delivery and payments)<br />
Unexpected changes concerning priorities, wishes, regulations or conditions of<br />
the Chinese partner or involved State partner delivery delays or production stops<br />
through unreliable partners or through faults in the Chinese infrastructure<br />
technology setbacks through quality deficits<br />
mutual mistrust and false estimations<br />
insufficient information transfer<br />
delays and failures at negotiations and in project planning<br />
Too much expectations from Chinese workers and insufficient instructions at the<br />
workplace<br />
Frustration and early repatriation of expatriates<br />
damage of company image in <strong>China</strong><br />
errors and failures at the search and selection of qualified employees (Chinese<br />
workers and expatriates)<br />
Management problems when working together because of insufficient preparation<br />
and instruction of new employees or new projects<br />
Loss of quality because of insufficient training of employees<br />
High expatriate costs at "repatriation-actions“<br />
Wrong investment in training and education at high labour fluctuation (Chinese<br />
workers very often quickly change jobs)<br />
personal load through different life-style and conditions and lack of adaptability at<br />
the host location<br />
Tense situations and problems within families or partnership<br />
Career break in case of failure<br />
early repatriation<br />
TABLE 3-5: Risk analysis of investments in <strong>China</strong><br />
3.2.8 Key Success Factors in Chinese Investments<br />
<strong>The</strong> following tables give an overview of the key success factors for an engagement in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Some of the factors are valid for any business in <strong>China</strong>, whereas others are specific for one or<br />
the other form of co-operation:<br />
104 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach e t al., 1997, p. 146.<br />
80
Success Factors concerning Products and Markets: 105<br />
Success Factors Success Criteria<br />
Chinese clients<br />
respectively<br />
suppliers<br />
knowledge of needs, purchasing power<br />
market volumina, market structure (regional, client and product oriented)<br />
consumer habits<br />
Products market adapted product choice and product spectrum<br />
adoption at local consum er habits (e.g. washing of clothes with cold water only)<br />
and distribution channels (critical: perishable goods)<br />
matching quantity, price and quality<br />
Price costs of production, delivery and supply<br />
import/export: including customs, transport and insurance<br />
joint ventures: incl. compensation and benefits (locals and expatriates)<br />
costs for all kind of raw material, auxiliary material and finished products (incl.<br />
energy)<br />
cost of waste disposal<br />
lease for land use and tax write-offs of manufacturing facilities, machines and<br />
production facilities<br />
travel costs for negotiators, company-own consultants, training and delegation<br />
journeys, engineers and salesmen<br />
competitor situation<br />
Technology &<br />
Know -how<br />
price sensitiveness of customers<br />
technology transfer, adaptability to customer income-situation, needs, and quality<br />
degree (power supply irregularities)<br />
legal protection of industrial property<br />
training need of sales department employees and clients<br />
Competition local, regional and international competitors and their product spectrum,<br />
distribution channels and strategies<br />
For Licensing Agreements and Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s additionally: toughening up own and<br />
future competition<br />
Sales & Marketing brand name usable within <strong>China</strong> or introduction of new brand name for the new<br />
<strong>China</strong> market<br />
reputation and image (of quality) of company and brand<br />
brand protection<br />
take into consideration the Chinese symbolic meaning of certain signs, words,<br />
colours and forms<br />
Environment trade roots, ports (Shanghai, Hong Kong)<br />
infrastructure for transport, warehousing and distribution, delivery times and costs<br />
(and security)<br />
customs and tax aspects<br />
actual foreign economy and trade policy<br />
For JV and WFOE’s additionally: long negotiations and permits of state involved<br />
persons and offices<br />
TABLE 3-6: Key success factors concerning products and markets<br />
105 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />
81
Success Factors concerning Chinese Partners: 106<br />
Success Factors Success Criteria<br />
Suppliers and<br />
distributors<br />
knowledge of country and market, sources of supply, distribution channels,<br />
guanxi<br />
compatible goals at JV (Problem: same bed, different dreams)<br />
productivity, strengths and weaknesses<br />
reliability and mentality<br />
Management say import/export businesses:<br />
- no limitation of entrepreneurial liberties<br />
- fair supply conditions for both sides<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />
- sharing out of management responsibilities<br />
- consensus finding in strategic, tactic and operational questions<br />
– entrepreneurial liberties sometimes limited due to Chinese laws, rules and<br />
regulations<br />
WFOE’s:<br />
no limitation of entrepreneurial liberties but possibly difficult acting as a<br />
foreigner in an existing relationship network (sometimes also restrictions due to<br />
Chinese laws, rules and regulations)<br />
Human Resources import/export businesses:<br />
-experience and qualification of local Chinese workers and partners<br />
-employment and loyalty of Chinese workers and partners respectively<br />
fairness and experience of business agents<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />
- Chinese workers mostly come from Chinese partner,<br />
- depending on the JV contract only limited say in personnel politics<br />
(selection, compensation, dismissing)<br />
- possibly very expensive social benefits, if partner was former<br />
State enterprise<br />
- experience and qualification of Chinese staff (especially<br />
knowledge of modern technology and work tools, quality<br />
and cost awareness, accounting and calculation, marketing)<br />
- performance and loyalty of Chinese staff<br />
- high compensation amounts for expatriates, management personnel and<br />
specialists (up to CHF 500’000.- per capita<br />
per year)<br />
- intercultural collaboration, intercultural training<br />
- training and education in <strong>China</strong> and at home base<br />
WFOE’s:<br />
- possibly difficulties with hiring new personnel: direct or via Chinese (semi-)<br />
State Employment Agency<br />
- experience and qualification of Chinese staff<br />
- possibly minor loyalty to a wholly foreign-owned company<br />
- intercultural training<br />
- training and education in <strong>China</strong> and at home base<br />
TABLE 3-7: Key success factors concerning Chinese partners<br />
106 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />
82
Success Factors concerning Company Structure and Administration: 107<br />
Success Factors Success Criteria<br />
Financing import/export:<br />
- pre financing need<br />
– securities<br />
– payment methods (generally letter of credit)<br />
– international experience of involved bank<br />
co-operation:<br />
- height and settlement date of financial liabilities<br />
- take out of earnings and transfer of earnings<br />
– availability of foreign exchange<br />
- risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s:<br />
- amount of investment (equity provisions, capital investment,<br />
valuation of investments input<br />
– prerequisites and settlement dates of financial investments<br />
- take out of earnings and transfer of earnings<br />
– availability of foreign exchange<br />
- risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />
WFOE’s:<br />
- amount of investment<br />
– availability of foreign exchange and transfer of earnings<br />
– risk sharing and loss liabilities<br />
Accounting Import/export:<br />
- balancing, valuation of goods, delivery responsibilities and valuation<br />
of goods in transfer<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s and WFOE’s:<br />
- valuation of involved investment<br />
– introduction of modern accounting systems<br />
– adoption of accounting and balancing to Chinese rules<br />
and regulations (trade and tax law)<br />
Administration Import/export:<br />
- comparatively low need of adoption of organisation<br />
– securing of an efficient handling on site and in the headquarters<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s and WFOE’s:<br />
- adoption of structure to headquarters (establishing a separate entity<br />
in <strong>China</strong> or fitting in into headquarters product<br />
or business division)<br />
– securing a special report system from foreign site to headquarters<br />
TABLE 3-8: Key success factors concerning company structure and administration<br />
3.2.9 Profiles of Partners Participating in an Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />
3.2.9.1 Ideal Profile<br />
From the facts discussed in the previous papers, an "ideal profile" for an entity (either being<br />
an SME on its own or together with Chinese and other partners) may be defined. <strong>The</strong><br />
following diagrams show a combination of characteristics of partnering companies, which are<br />
considered to be essential for a business engagement in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
107 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, pp. 139.<br />
83
On each axis of the diagram a scale of 1 to 10 gives an indication to what extent the property<br />
is realised within the respective partnering company.<br />
An ideal profile for installing a successful business is defined as value 10 on each single<br />
dimension:<br />
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
FIGURE 3-6: Ideal profile of a company investing in <strong>China</strong><br />
3.2.9.2 Dimensions of the Profiles<br />
Financial Power and Capital<br />
This dimension expresses a company’s ability to raise capital for an investment in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Fund raising is a major problem for SME’s: generally European banks’ do not want to get<br />
involved into an engagement with an SME having highly risky strategies like setting up a<br />
production facility in <strong>China</strong>. Also potential Chinese partners being state owned companies<br />
with rather unsatisfying performance rarely can afford the funds to invest into such projects.<br />
<strong>The</strong>refore successful SME’s would either be capable of financing the project completely from<br />
their cash flow or would look for other non-Chinese partner companies to raise the necessary<br />
capital.<br />
Another source of funds may be Government programs to support small and medium<br />
enterprises with venture capital. However, usually only innovative and projects involved in<br />
84
high-technology are eligible for these schemes. Hence access is limited to a fairly small<br />
number of SME’s.<br />
Available Management Resources<br />
SME’s rarely have enough human resources to allow their managers to dedicate themselves<br />
completely to setting up the new business in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
<strong>The</strong>refore it is crucial to plan well in advance an expansion into the Chinese market in order<br />
to provide in time the absolutely necessary management manpower for such a project.<br />
<strong>The</strong> person in charge of the <strong>China</strong> project does not necessarily have to be of European origin -<br />
in fact it is very helpful to employ a Chinese for this task as he will not have to overcome the<br />
barriers of language and mentality. According to opinions of SME’s having set up business in<br />
<strong>China</strong> successfully management resources is among the most important factors deciding over<br />
success or failure of the enterprise.<br />
Suitability of Product and Service Portfolio<br />
<strong>The</strong> products and/or services to be manufactured in <strong>China</strong> should sell well on the Chinese<br />
domestic market. Chinese Government does not appreciate manufacturing for export only as<br />
this would not benefit the Chinese economy to the desired extent.<br />
An exception to that rule are goods requiring a high-tech production lines as in this case the<br />
Chinese economy benefits from technology and know-how transfer from the foreign investor.<br />
Also total production costs of the goods (raw materials, energy, labour, taxes, etc.) are<br />
comparatively high so that - in case one looks for cheap production only - investment in a<br />
different country would be more recommended.<br />
Production Know-how<br />
This dimension describes the level of know-how for manufacturing specific goods.<br />
Generally this know-how is very high in SME’s, but may be at a comparatively low level at<br />
the Chinese partners.<br />
It is a pre-requisite for joint ventures that the SME is willing to share its know -how with the<br />
Chinese partner. In case the manufacturing technology should not be disclosed for strategic<br />
reasons the SME should only invest into a wholly foreign owned company in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
85
Quality of Infrastructure<br />
One major task for the set-up of a new enterprise is finding the appropriate location to install a<br />
manufacturing plant. Although local governments are willing to attract new businesses in<br />
order to increase their tax income, the procedure for obtaining various permits is tedious and<br />
time consuming. Potential Chinese partners could provide a suitable infrastructure with their<br />
existing manufacturing plants to a certain extent. However, buildings and equipment are<br />
generally not at the desired level of technology so that they probably may not be used further<br />
for production without major investment and upgrades.<br />
However, several business parks have been set up by provincial and regional governments or<br />
even by joint-ventures between local and foreign governments (e.g. Singapore-Suzhou<br />
Business Park in Suzhou (Zhejiang)). <strong>The</strong>se business parks provide excellent facilities for<br />
manufacturing plants with all necessary installations for water, electricity and communication.<br />
<strong>The</strong>y also set up accommodation for management and leading personnel within their<br />
premises.<br />
Relationship (Guanxi)<br />
Guanxi is the magic word in Chinese business: without personal relationship to authorities,<br />
customers, business partners etc. virtually no business is possible in <strong>China</strong>. As it takes time to<br />
build relationships, SME’s generally do not have sufficient guanxi in the start-up phase of<br />
their project to be successful on the Chinese domestic market. <strong>The</strong>refore it is advisable to<br />
found a joint venture with a Chinese partner who brings his guanxi into the partnership. Also<br />
the involvement of a local person in the management of the manufacturing plant is extremely<br />
helpful due to that reason.<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
SME’s planning to invest in <strong>China</strong> most probably already have a certain knowledge of the<br />
local market. However, this knowledge may be restricted to the import of goods only, which<br />
may differ significantly from selling locally produced goods on the market. As with guanxi,<br />
the know -how of a Chinese partner will significantly influence the success of a newly<br />
established enterprise.<br />
86
Available Distribution Channels<br />
A major problem in <strong>China</strong> is the geographic distribution of the manufactured goods. Not only<br />
road transport is lengthy and unsafe but also railway transport is unreliable due to the<br />
authorities’ preference policy for "strategic transports" like coal or military equipment. It is<br />
also necessary to be accepted as a supplier for certain goods by major customers (like<br />
wholesalers, supermarkets, etc.) - a task which mostly can be accomplished only with<br />
sufficient guanxi. Here again the know-how of the Chinese partner is vital.<br />
3.2.9.3 Profiles of the Partnering Companies<br />
Small or Medium Enterprises<br />
A small or medium enterprise planning to invest in <strong>China</strong> has to have a suitable portfolio of<br />
products and/or services for the Chinese domestic market. As this is a pre -requisite for any<br />
further reflection this dimension is marked 10 in the following diagram. <strong>The</strong> enterprises also<br />
have an excellent know-how of their production technology as they otherwise could not even<br />
survive on their home market.<br />
All dimensions concerning local Chinese factors such as infrastructure, distribution channels<br />
and especially guanxi are only little developed if at all and have to be backed up by a suitable<br />
partner. However, there is a certain knowledge of the Chinese market as SME’s typically<br />
already have a relationship with <strong>China</strong> due to export business prior to planning a direct<br />
investment.<br />
Financial power of SME’s generally is not sufficient in order to install a business in <strong>China</strong> so<br />
that either external financial sources have to be found (which usually is difficult due to the<br />
high exposure to risk) or alternative solutions have to be practised such as providing<br />
machinery and equipment for a joint venture. However, free management resources are the<br />
most difficult problem to solve for SME’s and at the same time are the most crucial success<br />
factor. Without full support by management any trial to set up a business in <strong>China</strong> is most<br />
likely to fail.<br />
87
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
FIGURE 3-7: Profile of a typical small or medium enterprise<br />
Chinese Partners for a Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
Potential Chinese partners for a joint venture bring good relationship with customers,<br />
suppliers, authorities etc. with them but usually lack production know-how and/or the<br />
appropriate manufacturing equipment and machinery. <strong>The</strong>ir infrastructure and technology<br />
have to be updated to reach acceptable standards. Additionally, their product portfolio may<br />
not meet the market demand any longer due to the recent changes in Chinese society. Being<br />
state -owned enterprises they not only lack financial power to restructure the company<br />
appropriately but also very unlikely have the necessary management resources for such a task.<br />
Except for financial power and management resources they are the ideal partners for SME’s.<br />
88
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
FIGURE 3-8: Profile of a Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partner<br />
Banks and Government Institutions<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
Foreign banks may act as lenders of capital for SME’s and their Chinese joint venture<br />
partners. However, the present practice of European banks is not to take fairly high risks with<br />
such an engagement in return of a comparatively low margin. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is disappointingly<br />
difficult to raise capital through banks for this kind of projects. Alternatively, foreign<br />
governments run programs to support SME’s with venture capital to a certain extent.<br />
Once established in <strong>China</strong>, SME’s may use the banks’ connections to the industry to gain<br />
access to certain markets. Also Government institutions like the "Delegation of German<br />
Industry and Commerce“ or the Swiss Embassy based Beijing and Shanghai support SME’s<br />
with know-how and makes contact to various potential partners for joint ventures. <strong>The</strong>y also<br />
assist with legal advice during the set-up phase of the new company.<br />
89
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
FIGURE 3-9: Profile of foreign banks and Government institutions<br />
Business Parks<br />
Business parks are established to attract foreign investors to <strong>China</strong> by providing the necessary<br />
infrastructure such as land, buildings, electricity, energy, etc. Although they charge a certain<br />
price for their services they may be a good choice for SME’s not intending to set up a joint<br />
venture with a Chinese partner. Certain business parks also provide so called "Incubators“,<br />
which are already equipped facilities specially designed for small enterprises still developing<br />
marketable products for <strong>China</strong>. Access to these facilities is given with time limits only to<br />
enable also other young enterprises to take advantage of these institution. Business parks may<br />
further act as platform for information exchange by providing access to other companies<br />
being in a similar situation of starting up business.<br />
90
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
FIGURE 3-10: Profile of business parks<br />
Optimum Partnership<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
<strong>The</strong> following profile shows a theoretical optimum for the combination of the characteristics<br />
of SME’s, Chinese joint venture partners, banks, Government institutions and business parks.<br />
Obviously all important dimensions may be covered by such a partnership except the<br />
management resources (the gray enveloping area represents the profile of this "optimum<br />
partnership").<br />
91
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
SME Chinese Partner<br />
Banks & Government<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
Business Parks<br />
FIGURE 3-11: Profile for the optimum combination of all potential partners<br />
Practical experience shows that the necessary available management resources pose the most<br />
difficult problem to overcome. However, it is equally important to gain access to local<br />
authorities and government institutions by guanxi.<br />
<strong>The</strong> combined profile of the joint venture partners should well extend on the diagram axis<br />
"management resources" - "guanxi" in order to have sustainable success, although lacking<br />
management resources may be partly balanced by extensive guanxi and vice versa.<br />
All other dimensions do not necessarily have to be at the optimum as practical case studies<br />
(please refer to the appendices) show.<br />
92
Illustrative Case Studies<br />
<strong>The</strong> following case studies should illustrate different approaches of companies how to<br />
optimise their profiles together with various partners as stipulated above.<br />
All profiles shown in the figures are for illustration purposes only to emphasise certain<br />
aspects and are not to be interpreted as valuation of the companies!<br />
Suzhou MFN Embroidery Co. Ltd.<br />
<strong>The</strong> first case covers a Wholly Foreign-Owned Joint <strong>Venture</strong> in the textile (embroidery)<br />
branch:<br />
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Forster Rohner AG Mizorogi, Nisshinbo Suzhou<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
FIGURE 3-12: Profile of Suzhou MFN Embroidery Co. Ltd.<br />
93
<strong>The</strong> joint venture was established by Forster Rohner AG, Switzerland, Mizorogi Co. and<br />
Nisshinbo Industries Inc., both located in Tokyo, Japan, and named "Suzhou MFN<br />
Embroidery Co. Ltd.". MFN had to follow their European customers setting up their new<br />
manufacturing units in <strong>China</strong>. Except from occasional contacts to the Chinese market MFN<br />
had only little knowledge of the Chinese business environment. <strong>The</strong>refore it is interesting to<br />
see, how they managed to get access to the other vital profile dimensions which they could<br />
not provide themselves:<br />
<strong>The</strong>ir key advantage was their dedicated management decision to move to <strong>China</strong> and to<br />
provide the necessary management resources for this task. <strong>The</strong>y further were in the lucky<br />
position to have a Chinese born manager available, who had been employed by one of the<br />
Japanese partners a couple of years earlier. That is why they could build their guanxi to local<br />
authorities in a comparatively short time.<br />
<strong>The</strong>ir good contact to the provincial government helped them to get access to the<br />
infrastructure thereby filling the last gap in their profile (marked as "Suzhou" in above<br />
diagram).<br />
At the moment they emphasise on the build-up of the domestic market in order to stabilise the<br />
company (this will result in "pushing out" the envelope line in the diagram closer towards the<br />
optimum profile!).<br />
Suzhou Nove Fashion & Crafts Co. Ltd.<br />
<strong>The</strong> second case study also deals with the textile (knitwear) industry - this company was set<br />
up in order to gain access to the local raw material market and to export high quality products<br />
to Europe.<br />
94
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Nove Marzo AG<br />
Financial Power, Capital & Land<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
Lubei Village<br />
FIGURE 3-13: Profile of Suzhou Nove Fashion & Crafts Co. Ltd.<br />
<strong>The</strong> company was set up as a joint venture between Nove Marzo AG, Switzerland, and the<br />
Chinese village Lubei, where the knitwear factory was built. <strong>The</strong> reasons for this choice are<br />
fairly obvious: the village of Lubei not only provides land and infrastructure, but being a<br />
government institution also brings in guanxi into the joint venture. Again, the dimension<br />
"available management capacity" has to be emphasised: in the beginning of the project the<br />
company was entirely ma naged by Europeans, but a local management was built up at the<br />
same time. Today the company is run by a local management with European involvement<br />
reduced to the absolutely necessary minimum.<br />
Swisstec<br />
<strong>The</strong> third case differs from the above two as the company discussed is a sales organisation in<br />
<strong>China</strong> without direct investment into production facilities (see Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss).<br />
95
Available Distribution<br />
Channels<br />
Market Knowledge<br />
Relationship (Guan Xi)<br />
Swisstec,<br />
Swiss Partners<br />
FIGURE 3-14: Profile of Swisstec<br />
Financial Power & Capital<br />
10<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0<br />
Quality of<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Available Management<br />
Resources<br />
Suitability of Product &<br />
Services Portfolio<br />
Production Know-how<br />
Chinese<br />
Representative<br />
At a first glance, Swisstec has nearly none of the characteristics necessary for entering the<br />
Chinese business. But their way to success is very creative and probably could act as a model<br />
for other SME's. Swisstec is a co-operation of nine SME's of the machine manufacturing<br />
industry which all have customers in the Chinese market. Being unable to set up their own<br />
sales organisation in <strong>China</strong> for cost reasons, they used "western guanxi" and formed a joint<br />
sales organisation. But still the Swiss partners lacked important dimensions like market<br />
knowledge, guanxi, etc. necessary for long-term business. This was all brought in by their<br />
Chinese partner - the former representative of some of the nine SME's. In this special case the<br />
management resources are also brought in by the Chinese partner resulting in an aggressive<br />
expansion of the Chinese network.<br />
96
Which Aspects should SME's Focus on?<br />
From the facts discussed in the previous sections there are a few vital points each SME should<br />
take into consideration when going to <strong>China</strong>:<br />
<strong>The</strong> first question to be asked is whether the engagement in <strong>China</strong> fits into one's strategy. As<br />
strategic considerations are a basic task in all business environments we would like to<br />
concentrate on specific characteristics of the Chinese market:<br />
Fund raising for investment in a high-risk environment definitely asks for tailored solutions in<br />
each respect. Section 3.2.10 discusses various approaches SME's should take into<br />
consideration.<br />
Another important subject is how to provide the vital management resources for this type of<br />
project. Questions like whether one should employ local staff or rely on expatriates are<br />
discussed in detail in section 3.2.11.<br />
Finally, anybody doing business in <strong>China</strong> should be aware of the cultural differences between<br />
Western and Chinese people. As the right approach to country and people is critical for<br />
success the "Management of Relationship" is discussed in section 3.2.12.<br />
3.2.10 Fund Raising for the Investment in <strong>China</strong><br />
3.2.10.1 How can the Swiss Government Support SME's Investing in<br />
<strong>China</strong>?<br />
Besides "classic" support like the Export Risk Guarantee the Swiss Government is going to<br />
create a "Swiss-Sino Partnership Fund" in the near future to help setting up joint ventures<br />
between Swiss SME's and Chinese partners. This fund is aimed to support SME's investing in<br />
<strong>China</strong> by not only giving the necessary capital but also non-financial support like unbiased<br />
advice for both prospective partners during the negotiation and preparation phase as well as<br />
active board level representation after the formation of the partnership. In return, the Fund<br />
will be a shareholder in the joint venture. <strong>The</strong> fund serves as a pilot direc t-investment<br />
program and still has to be ratified by the Swiss Government. <strong>The</strong>refore no information on<br />
detailed application procedures and eligibility is available yet.<br />
Further to that, Swiss embassies also provide similar functions as chambers of commerce by<br />
supporting the prospective SME with information on the market, making contact to potential<br />
Chinese joint venture partners and giving legal advice to business related subjects. Other<br />
97
countries like Germany employ dedicated offices like the "Delegiertenbüro der deutschen<br />
Wirtschaft" to fulfil these tasks - in special cases their services are also open to Swiss SME's.<br />
3.2.10.2 How can Swiss Banks Function as Partners?<br />
<strong>The</strong> Swiss banks have been very active in the recent years in working with both exporters and<br />
foreign importers of Swiss goods and services through the financing of Swiss exports and the<br />
provision of other banking services. However, the role of Swiss banks as partners for other<br />
banking activities except the above mentioned presently is somewhat ambiguous: although<br />
they provide a certain infrastructure with their representative offices in major cities in <strong>China</strong>,<br />
they do not seem to be too much interested in supporting SME's with financial funds to enter<br />
the Chinese market.<br />
This attitude is very similar to their behaviour on the Swiss domestic market, where SME's<br />
find themselves in difficulties raising funds for investment into their "risky" companies,<br />
whereas larger industrial units have by far easier access to capital. <strong>The</strong> authors are aware of<br />
the fact that an engagement with an SME does not give as fast a payback to the banks as other<br />
investments. However, it might be worthwhile to rethink the actual practices as a long term<br />
engagement may bring significant revenues to the banks in future.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is a certa in discrepancy in the fact that, once the SME's are already established in<br />
<strong>China</strong>, Swiss banks are willing to assist in daily banking life by having connections to<br />
Chinese banks and other business partners using their own guanxi to solve problems like<br />
delayed payments, etc. 108 So far Swiss banks are not allowed to trade in Renminbi, so that in<br />
any case the services of a Chinese bank have to be used.<br />
3.2.10.3 Which Fund Raising Strategies should SME's follow for Investment<br />
in <strong>China</strong>?<br />
Following the present situation of limited availability of Swiss Government funding and high<br />
"risk-consciousness" of Swiss banks, an SME has the following options or strategies to<br />
successfully setting up business in <strong>China</strong> by providing enough funds:<br />
108 Source: Mr. Gu Qi (Deputy Representative, Shanghai Representative Office of SBC Warburg Dillon<br />
Read), 1997.<br />
98
Strategy No. 1: Have Cash<br />
A comfortable amount of equity definitely eases the market entry into <strong>China</strong>. This criterion is<br />
generally fulfilled in large companies, whereas SME's very often find their weak point here.<br />
It is absolutely necessary to have enough funds available also for the first years of operation<br />
as the time before profit is generated from the new enterprises may vary between 5 to 7 years.<br />
Strategy No. 2: Be Innovative<br />
Young and innovative enterprises may benefit not only from Swiss Government programs but<br />
also enjoy special support from the Chinese Government. <strong>The</strong>y are eligible to set up their<br />
businesses in so called "incubators", which are special zones in business parks set up to foster<br />
new technologies and products.<br />
<strong>The</strong> only drawback for innovative enterprises may be the transfer of technology and know-<br />
how requested by Chinese regulations.<br />
Strategy No. 3: Tailor Your Expenses<br />
<strong>The</strong> majority of SME's most probably does not find itself in the position to follow one of the<br />
two above strategies. However, even then a successful engagement in <strong>China</strong> is possible:<br />
As the Chinese partner normally brings workforce and relationships into the joint venture, the<br />
SME's part is to provide production know -how and technology. One should be aware of the<br />
fact that Western state of the art concerning productivity is not necessarily the optimum<br />
technology to be employed in Chinese manufacturing facilities. <strong>The</strong>refore also older<br />
equipment imported from Europe may still serve the purpose thereby reducing investment<br />
costs and financial risk.<br />
<strong>The</strong> disadvantage of this concept is the valuation of the equipment to define the SME's capital<br />
share of the joint venture. However, once an agreement is found this concept proves very<br />
successful in practice.<br />
Another major cost factor is the employment of expatriates as managers. One should therefore<br />
thoroughly consider the possibility to employ local Chinese people and train them in Europe<br />
to prepare them for their management tasks. Especially the Shanghai area has a high potential<br />
of well educated candidates due to its large university network.<br />
Strategy No. 4: Use Western Guanxi<br />
One does not necessarily have to start with networking only in <strong>China</strong>. Why not looking for<br />
potential partners also in Europe or other industrialised countries?<br />
99
<strong>The</strong>se partnerships may not only be advantage ous in respect of increasing the investment<br />
capital but also because of combined experience and market presence. Provided the other<br />
partners come from within the same business field also the base of potential customers is<br />
enlarged (it is assumed that this partnership does not interfere with the home market of the<br />
partners). 109 A further advantage of a partnership between Western companies may be the<br />
shared financial exposure of the single company and thereby also the reduced risk. So for<br />
example the cost for expatriates or marketing campaigns in <strong>China</strong> could be shared. 110<br />
<strong>The</strong>se are just examples of using probably already existing relationships for the <strong>China</strong><br />
business. Definitely the success of these partnerships depends on the creativity of each single<br />
partner.<br />
3.2.11 Management of Human Resources<br />
As we have seen already under section “Available Management Resources” SME’s rarely<br />
have enough free human resources capacity to allow the management to focus seriously on<br />
setting up new businesses in <strong>China</strong>. Various factors have to be regarded as critical.<br />
3.2.11.1 Managing Labour Law<br />
<strong>The</strong> labour law applies broadly to all enterprises and individuals hiring staff or workers within<br />
<strong>China</strong>. This means that the law covers the representative offices and branches of foreign<br />
investment enterprises as well as domestic entities.<br />
Managing labour is highly sensitive and it is advisable for FIE’s to pay careful attention to the<br />
Chinese regulations. <strong>The</strong> main advantage of investing in <strong>China</strong> may be the pool of low-cost<br />
labour, but one should be conscious that exploitation of labour is viewed very seriously by the<br />
Chinese authorities. It is recommended to enter into individual labour contracts whenever<br />
possible.<br />
3.2.11.2 Human Resources as a Cost Factor<br />
Cost factors can play an important role considering the assignment either of local staff or from<br />
the home country. For the salary of an expatriate (costs of several hundred thousand CHF per<br />
year all inclusive) one can hire four local employees at the same level (also with comparable<br />
education). <strong>The</strong> high wages of expatriates often raise discussions in many JV’s, because these<br />
109 Paper 3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec.<br />
110 Paper 3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec.<br />
100
expenses have a detrimental effect on the revenues. Chinese partners only hardly understand,<br />
why expatriate incomes are many times larger than theirs. Under the aspect of costs it is<br />
recommended to employ as much local staff as possible.<br />
3.2.11.3 Local Staff versus Expatriates<br />
<strong>The</strong> first question during the planning phase (establishment of a representative or sales office<br />
or also a JV) always focuses on hiring new staff on the Chinese site or bring them in from the<br />
home country. Both has advantages and disadvantages: the knowledge of the home company,<br />
its products and decision making process and also Western know-how versus the<br />
understanding of the Chinese mentality, language and possibly relationship (guanxi) to the<br />
customers and State officials on site.<br />
Highly qualified and experienced managers often profit internally but also in the client’s view<br />
a certain trust. Often clients even expect that the company's representative comes from the<br />
home country. <strong>The</strong> positions of the general manager and also technical director respectively<br />
production manager mostly are filled with expatriates. In human resources departments or<br />
marketing offices often Chinese managers hold these positions. <strong>The</strong>y know local conditions<br />
and have more guanxi to potential clients or prospective workforce for the company.<br />
3.2.11.4 Expatriates and Intercultural Management Skills<br />
FIE’s also should be very aware of the personality and cultural factors. Failures in the<br />
selection process for a <strong>China</strong> assignment can become very expensive. Not only costs of the<br />
assignment or "quick repatriation exercises“ have to be considered but also and - more<br />
important - the influence of wrong management personnel on the business (turnover,<br />
revenues, market share and image). <strong>The</strong>se risks can be banned and minimised by carefully<br />
selecting and preparing the right people.<br />
Most of the questioned managers (see study below 111 ) emphasise the importance of the<br />
intercultural and negotiation skills. Also as critical they regarded knowledge of law, language,<br />
communication skills, etc.<br />
111 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p. 205.<br />
101
Qualification profile<br />
(what manager should know before they start their assignment)<br />
Intercultural skills 74.5%<br />
Negotiation skills 74.5%<br />
Know how of contractual law 50.9%<br />
Language 47.3%<br />
Communication skills 41.8%<br />
Management of personnel (HR) 41.8%<br />
Knowledge of political environment 40.0%<br />
Marketing skills 40.0%<br />
Financial management skills 27.3%<br />
Co-operation ability 23.6%<br />
Knowledge of economical environment 18.2%<br />
Logistical skills (information technology) 12.7%<br />
International relations 10.9%<br />
TABLE 3-9: Qualification profile of managers working in <strong>China</strong><br />
% of managers<br />
working for companies<br />
in <strong>China</strong><br />
<strong>The</strong> assignee’s profile should additionally show a high degree of self-initiative, willingness to<br />
take risks, ability to improvise and - as a part of the intercultural skills - a lot of empathy and<br />
sensitiveness towards the foreign partners and their culture.<br />
It should be a must to also evaluate intercultural skills during the selection process for<br />
expatriates. Most common in practice are assessment centres as <strong>China</strong> related tests ("critical<br />
incidents“, case studies, role or plan plays) to assess the multicultural skills of a candidate. In<br />
Switzerland various external consultants offer this kind of selection tool which may be used<br />
and adapted to the specific needs of an SME selecting external or internal employees for such<br />
assignments.<br />
Besides leadership skills, professional, social and self-competency (personality) other<br />
personal factors of an assignee should also be considered like good physical health, emotional<br />
stability and willingness to work long hours. <strong>The</strong> good integration of the partner and/or family<br />
in the host country may have a huge impact on the success of the assignee. So also from the<br />
partner and/or family flexibility and adaptability are demanded.<br />
Decisions whether somebody starts an assignment or not should never be taken without the<br />
partner of a candidate assignee, as today dual career couples are fairly common.<br />
3.2.12 Management of Relationship<br />
One of the key points certainly is the use of guanxi or also the use of "Western guanxi" before<br />
starting with a project within <strong>China</strong>.<br />
102
As a conclusion, network oriented measures (for any activities) are key. First of all, it is<br />
recommended to do business with "small numbers". Before investing considerable funds,<br />
official partners or future JV partners should be tested.<br />
Business contacts should be implemented step by step. If not possible (in case of huge<br />
projects) it has to be tried to become part of a multilateral network (even beyond Switzerland<br />
or Europe). As long as foreign competitors can be played off against each other, the Chinese<br />
Government will do it.<br />
Try to establish excellent bilateral contacts. This also means long journeys to <strong>China</strong> with<br />
significant persons from the own company (or Swiss Government officials or Swiss<br />
ambassadors) in the delegation.<br />
Do not always and in all phases of the process of a project or JV include lawyers in<br />
negotiations. This could create mistrust and defence. A common dinner counts more than ten<br />
negotiation days.<br />
Collect information about your partners (preferred drinks, number of children, etc.). This is<br />
not against data protection but attentiveness towards your partner. Show interest in your<br />
partner, discuss themes like family, roots, training, life experience, financial situation. Never<br />
forget to stay in contact. Unacceptable are missing greetings to the Chinese New Year.<br />
<strong>The</strong> atmosphere in coming together with Chinese people always plays an important role. For<br />
example, conflict points should be discussed at informal occasions like dinner. Business and<br />
friendship cannot - as in European countries - be separated: they always go together. That is<br />
why one should never do business with a Chinese partner if one does not like each other. 112<br />
Finally, never forget that the construction of a long-lasting network or even friendship can be<br />
a long process even though your partner may call you "old friend" after two meetings.<br />
Do also not forget, that instead of subject and monochrome related procedures, Chinese<br />
partners often plan in person-oriented and polychrome ways. <strong>The</strong> black dots indicate useful<br />
persons which all are connected within one network. <strong>The</strong> following chart may help to clarify<br />
this understanding:<br />
112 Source: Swiss newspaper "Handelszeitung", issue 24, June 12, 1997, p. 57.<br />
103
Ressource 3<br />
Ressource 2<br />
Ressource 1<br />
Golden Town Golden Town<br />
Step 3<br />
Step 2<br />
Step 1<br />
Resources are planned to be used when needed<br />
and relay on the reliability of the calculation and<br />
plan<br />
Time<br />
Start Start<br />
FIGURE 3-15: <strong>The</strong> way to "Golden Town" 113<br />
relays primarly on the reliability of the network<br />
and on the capability to take chances whenever<br />
they occur<br />
We are not saying that Chinese partners are not able to follow a straight strategy or plan a<br />
critical path. Considering the external environmental conditions in <strong>China</strong> the "Chinese way"<br />
may be quicker and more successful as too many unforeseen circumstances exist in this<br />
growth market with rapidly changing infrastructures, laws, financial institutions and system,<br />
politics, labour m arket and distribution market.<br />
A study by Arthur Andersen Consulting shows that for a selected group of 75 FIE's in <strong>China</strong>,<br />
companies with the best results focused most on partner relationships and human resources<br />
management. 114 Due to realistic expectations, a clear strategy, long lasting relationships and<br />
also “luck”, many companies are successful in <strong>China</strong>. But one should also distinguish<br />
between reality and myths!<br />
113 <strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Reisach et al., 1997, p.313.<br />
114 Source: "Der Monat", issue 12/1996, Swiss Bank Corporation, p. 40.<br />
104
3.2.13 Case Study: Swisstec, Lyss<br />
3.2.13.1 Company Profile<br />
Swisstec is a co-operation of various Swiss mechanical engineering companies to market their<br />
products in the People's Republic of <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> company was founded by Feintool AG Lyss<br />
as successor for its local agent organisation in Beijing, Chongquing and Shanghai and today<br />
has the following members (shown in Table 3-10).<br />
Company Activities<br />
BalTec Maschinenbau AG,<br />
Pfäffikon/ZH<br />
Dama Optikmaschinen AG,<br />
Wetzikon<br />
Fehlmann AG,<br />
Seon<br />
Feintool AG Lyss,<br />
Lyss<br />
Hämmerle AG,<br />
Brugg<br />
Mikron Agno,<br />
Agno<br />
Sempac AG,<br />
Cham<br />
Weinberger AG,<br />
Dietikon<br />
Kardex AG,<br />
Volketswil<br />
Sheet metal working machines, riveting machines<br />
Micro engineering for precision, mechanics, optics, glass and<br />
ceramics<br />
Metal milling and drilling machines<br />
Fineblanking technology and forming presses<br />
Sheet metal working machines (flat metal part roll-leveling<br />
machines)<br />
Automatic machining systems for small parts<br />
Production lines for chip cards<br />
Photonics instrumentation for the analysis of fast motion<br />
Modular storage and retrieval systems<br />
TABLE 3-10: Members of the Swisstec organisation<br />
Swisstec offices are located in Beijing, Shanghai and Chongquing with plans to open a<br />
Guangzhou office in the near future.<br />
3.2.13.2 Motivation for Founding Swisstec<br />
Due to retirement of Feintool's representative in Beijing, who also acted as agent for about a<br />
dozen other Swiss companies, a solution for a succeeding organisation was sought. Given that<br />
the office infrastructure was too big and therefore too expensive for Feintoool to bear alone,<br />
the alternative seemed to be to appoint one of the large Swiss trading companies in <strong>China</strong> as<br />
agent. However, these trading companies would normally have a high number of agencies and<br />
Feintool feared that they might not pay enough attention to its relatively small market<br />
segment.<br />
As a result Feintool sought the co-operation of the other companies which were represented<br />
by the same agent in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
105
3.2.13.3 Choosing the Partners and Establishment of the Company<br />
<strong>The</strong> potential Swiss partners reacted positively to Feintool`s proposal, as they were not direct<br />
competitors to one another and could only benefit from such a joint representative office. <strong>The</strong><br />
proposal requires each company to pay its share of the total costs. At the same time, they are<br />
free to use the connections and guanxi which their former agent had built up over many years.<br />
3.2.13.4 Human Resources<br />
All the personnel of the former agent were employed in this new agency set up by Swisstec.<br />
This ensured the smooth running of the business operations. New personnel is presently<br />
recruited to expand the activities to other pa rts of <strong>China</strong>. Generally, expatriates are employed<br />
only for the start-up phase, and local Chinese are given preference over expatriates for the<br />
ongoing business. All new Chinese staff is trained in Switzerland in order to be competent<br />
partners for Chinese customers. Wages paid have a high content of provision (up to 50%) to<br />
give incentive for active marketing and promotion of the Swiss products.<br />
3.2.13.5 Summary<br />
For a comparatively small <strong>China</strong> business, it was not worth Feintool`s while to set up its own<br />
sales agenc y in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> form of co-operation found with other Swiss SME's brought<br />
reduced financial involvement and therefore reduced risk, without having to accept the<br />
disadvantages of being represented by large trading houses. This act of "self-help" and<br />
entrepreneurial initiative brought advantages to all partners and could be a prototype of co-<br />
operation for various other applications.<br />
Determining a strategic fit with one`s potential business partners is certainly important.<br />
Attracting an appropriate potential partner to become your strategic business partner may<br />
need some persuasion. Here, it is important that one is able to fulfil the needs of the potential<br />
partner adequately in order to ensure a stable long-term business relationship which is<br />
mutually benefic ial. <strong>The</strong> potential ability of the foreign firm to fulfil the needs of potential<br />
Chinese partners provide the foreign firm with its bargaining position vis-a-vis the Chinese<br />
partner. Technology, which the Chinese firms and government authorities require, is one<br />
106
factor which makes the foreign firm attractive to its potential Chinese partners. Access to<br />
foreign markets is yet another attractive factor.<br />
Having something attractive to offer one’s potential partner provides one with a basis for<br />
negotiation. Successfully conducting the negotiation and working successfully with the<br />
business partners to make the cross-cultural venture a success, requires cultural understanding<br />
and knowledge.<br />
Matthias Kästner, a doctoral student at HSG and a director of a high-tech company wrote:<br />
3.3 Making a High - Tech Market Entry (by Matthias Kästner)<br />
Economic reforms under Deng Xiaoping led to a massive increase in foreign trade and to<br />
substantial foreign direct investment in <strong>China</strong>. Having realised that modern technology is<br />
essential for sustainable economic growth, <strong>China</strong> favours ventures with a high technology<br />
content. Multinational companies and overseas Chinese investors were the early movers in<br />
this new market. To date many MNCs have established considerable operations in <strong>China</strong><br />
whereas Western small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) are still largely<br />
underrepresented. Only recently, foreign governments have started to promote <strong>China</strong> -related<br />
trade and foreign direct investment by SMEs through special funds, export guarantees, sino-<br />
foreign trade fairs and other means of support.<br />
<strong>The</strong> purpose of this paper is twofold:<br />
• First, to identify factors which influence the choice of market entry strategies for high-tech<br />
SMEs for the Chinese market. Previous research concentrated mainly on determinants<br />
which are relevant for the decision making process within large multinational companies,<br />
while it was largely ignored that the market entry choice by SMEs may depend on different<br />
factors. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is interesting to have a closer look at SME relevant determinants.<br />
Special focus is given to the role of technology, which is expected to have a significant<br />
impact on the market entry mode decision of SMEs.<br />
• Second, to help SMEs understand their strategic assets, strengths and weaknesses in<br />
bargaining situations with Chinese authorities, customers and partners.<br />
Interviews with Swiss, German and Austrian SME managers revealed that prior to <strong>China</strong><br />
activities most preparation is spent on the investigation of the Chinese market potential and<br />
understanding the legal issues. Both are certainly prerequisites for success, however, they are<br />
not sufficient. Usually, little time is spent on evaluating and understanding the company’s<br />
107
assets in negotiations; consequently, these cannot be used to the SMEs' full advantage. Again,<br />
advanced technology has a special role: it seems to be one important, if not the most<br />
important, asset.<br />
3.3.1 <strong>The</strong> Choice of the Market Entry Mode: A Framework<br />
Co-operative joint ventures, equity joint ventures, wholly owned subsidiaries, representative<br />
offices or simply direct or indirect exporting are possible vehicles for <strong>China</strong> activities. In each<br />
category there are examples of successful companies that are happy with their specific<br />
decision as well as numerous examples of complete failures. If one market entry form turned<br />
out to be superior over others, it would be the strategy of choice for all newcomers with<br />
“<strong>China</strong> ambitions”. However, a strategy that fits for all companies, products and in every<br />
situation does not exist. <strong>The</strong>re is no best strategy for <strong>China</strong> activities. Whether an entry<br />
strategy is appropriate in a certain situation depends on a multitude of determinants.<br />
<strong>The</strong> contingency approach which is one school of organisational theories can be used to<br />
explain the choice of different market entry modes. Originally, the contingency approach was<br />
one-dimensional: only one factor such as firm size or technology intensity was used to explain<br />
the existence of different organisational forms. <strong>The</strong> deficiency that only a single factor has<br />
explanatory value for the existence of different organisational forms was recognised by Kieser<br />
and Kubicek (1992) who developed the one -dimensional contingency theory into a multi<br />
factor approach. Obviously, by introducing other explanatory variables they added complexity<br />
to the approach. To remove some of the added complexity in order to make its application<br />
easier they propose to distinguish between internal determinants which can be influenced by<br />
the organisation and factors related to the external environment which are - at least for a SME<br />
- de facto given.<br />
<strong>The</strong> internal factors are linked to the nature of the SME itself, they are controllable by the<br />
SME to some extent. External factors include the microeconomic and macroeconomic<br />
environment. Though they are not necessarily a given datum, they often can be influenced to a<br />
certain degree, too, depending on bargaining power and skills. While large multinational<br />
companies may have the necessary power to influence the external environment significantly,<br />
SMEs are more likely to be in a position of compliance.<br />
Although technology formally belongs to the group of internal determinants, it merits to<br />
receive special attention. As outlined above, the nature of high technology plays an important<br />
role in the choice of the market entry mode for high-tech SMEs. Although technology is<br />
108
developed within the SME, its impact is not limited to the internal environment. Many<br />
external determinants in the Chinese context are a function of the level of technology<br />
involved: rapid approval for high-tech ventures, waiver of mandatory export quotas under the<br />
condition that certain technology requirements are met or dedicated investment zones with<br />
superior infrastructure for high-tech companies are only a few examples. <strong>The</strong>refore it is<br />
appropriate to introduce factors related to technology as a separate third group: Technology<br />
determinants.<br />
<strong>The</strong> following section gives an overview of an analytical framework that integrates the<br />
determinants which are relevant for the choice of the market entry strategy.<br />
Micro<br />
Environment<br />
<strong>China</strong><br />
Understanding of<br />
own Bargaining<br />
Position<br />
External Determinants<br />
Technology Determinants<br />
Internal Determinants<br />
Choice of<br />
Market Entry<br />
Strategy<br />
Understanding<br />
the Role of<br />
Technology<br />
FIGURE 3-16: Determinants for the choice of the market entry strategy<br />
3.3.1.1 Internal Determinants<br />
Macro<br />
Environment<br />
<strong>China</strong><br />
Internal determinants are related to the nature of the SME. Limited financial and limited<br />
human resources are often a real impediment in risky <strong>China</strong> activities. <strong>The</strong> ownership<br />
structure, characteristics of the industry in which the SME operates, the degree of<br />
specialisation and the positioning in the market are expected to influence market entry<br />
strategies.<br />
109
Internal Determinants<br />
� Organization and ownership structure<br />
� Size<br />
� Financial Resources<br />
� Type of company: niche producer,<br />
quality leader, etc...<br />
FIGURE 3-17: Internal Determinants<br />
3.3.1.2 External Determinants<br />
� Human Resources<br />
� Industry Characteristics<br />
� Degree of specialization<br />
External determinants are divided into macroeconomic factors and microeconomic factors.<br />
Laws and regulations, market data, infrastructure and Chinese technology policy form the first<br />
group, characteristics of Chinese companies, be they customers or potential partners for a<br />
joint venture or co-production belong to the micro environment.<br />
External Determinants<br />
Macro Environment Micro Environment<br />
� Laws and regulations<br />
1. Trade barriers<br />
2. Investment regulations<br />
3. Licensing and Patent Laws<br />
4. Export requirements<br />
5. Employment regulations<br />
6. Investment incentives<br />
7. Repatriation of profit<br />
� Market data<br />
1. Economic growth<br />
2. Demand for foreign high-tech products<br />
(industrial and consumer)<br />
� Infrastructure<br />
1. Physical infrastructure<br />
2. Scientific infrastructure<br />
3. Supplier infrastructure<br />
4. Human resource infrastructure<br />
5. Financial services infrastructure<br />
� Technology policy of central government<br />
TABLE 3-11: External Determinants<br />
� Chinese Customers<br />
1. Need for technology<br />
2. Preferred business model for<br />
technology transfer<br />
3. Financial situation,<br />
access to hard currency<br />
4. Size<br />
� Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partners<br />
1. Type of company (ownership) and<br />
its characteristics<br />
2. Technological capabilities<br />
3. Size<br />
4. Guanxi<br />
5. Financial Situation<br />
110
3.3.1.3 <strong>The</strong> Role of Technology<br />
Management of SMEs is certainly aware of the importance of proprietary technology and<br />
know-how for the company, yet the role of technology in the internationalisation process and<br />
especially in the Chinese context may not be fully understood.<br />
� History of Chinese technology imports<br />
� Type of technology (process or product)<br />
� Competition for the specific technology<br />
� Protection of technology<br />
TABLE 3-12: Technology Determinants<br />
Technology Determinants<br />
3.3.2 SME’s Objectives for <strong>China</strong> Activities<br />
� Transferability of technology<br />
� Dependance of SME on that technology<br />
� Payment for Technology<br />
� Length of technology cycle<br />
Unlike the “conventional” proceeding, that is to investigate pros and cons of the different<br />
market entry vehicles, the concept of underlying “objectives”, which initially trigger the<br />
SME’s <strong>China</strong> activities, shall be introduced. <strong>The</strong> reason is that in the logical sequential<br />
process companies define an objective such as “cheap production for the world market” or<br />
“e xploiting domestic sales opportunities” before they select a vehicle to accomplish the<br />
chosen objective. Depending on the underlying objective, one and the same entry mode could<br />
be either the best choice or totally inappropriate. A given objective may reduce the number of<br />
appropriate market entry vehicles to chose from; a company that intends to use <strong>China</strong> as<br />
cheap production base for example, will certainly not consider exporting as viable strategy to<br />
reach its goal.<br />
<strong>The</strong> “underlying objective” is the element of the company’s overall strategy which defines the<br />
company’s goal for international activities. It determines which of the internal, external and<br />
technology elements are relevant and influence the market entry mode decision. Speaking in<br />
terms of a contingency approach, the underlying objective is a new variable on a higher level,<br />
determining the relevance of internal, external and technological factors.<br />
111
Exploiting Sales<br />
Opportunities<br />
Micro Environment <strong>China</strong><br />
IP Trading<br />
Understanding of<br />
own Bargaining<br />
Position<br />
SME’s Objectives in <strong>China</strong><br />
External Determinants<br />
Technology Determinants<br />
Internal Determinants<br />
Choice of<br />
Market Entry<br />
Strategy<br />
Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages<br />
FIGURE 3-18: <strong>The</strong> choice of Market Entry Strategy<br />
Understanding<br />
the Role of<br />
Technology<br />
Macro Environment <strong>China</strong><br />
Research<br />
Cooperation<br />
<strong>The</strong> following sections attempt to categorise the objectives of high-tech SMEs who engage in<br />
business activities with or in <strong>China</strong>. Feasible business vehicles are listed for each of the five<br />
identified categories without giving a ranking or an evaluation.<br />
3.3.2.1 Objective 1: Exploiting Domestic Sales Opportunities<br />
<strong>The</strong> acceleration of technological change has shortened product life cycles and made product<br />
development more costly, especially for companies in R&D intensive high-tech industries.<br />
Foreign sales may help to recover R&D expenditures quickly before the product or<br />
technology developed becomes obsolete or imitated by competitors. Besides, economies of<br />
scale in R&D make it too expensive for SMEs to engage in several isolated research projects<br />
in parallel (Lindquvist 1991). Without diversification through product and process<br />
development, accessing foreign markets may be the only viable option for growth.<br />
Export only<br />
<strong>The</strong> first objective SMEs may have is to exploit perceived sales opportunities for their high-<br />
tech products without building substantial operations in <strong>China</strong>. SMEs who follow this path<br />
consider their products to be competitive on the Chinese market or want to test customer<br />
acceptance. Initially, these companies do not intend to produce locally but rely on their<br />
manufacturing sites which are located elsewhere, most likely in their home country. Often a<br />
market entry through “sales only” is a first step in sequential market penetration process.<br />
Maintenance and<br />
After Sales Servivce<br />
112
Indirect export and direct export are two possible vehicles to build up sales in <strong>China</strong>. While<br />
indirect export does not permit influence on the marketing and distribution channels because<br />
of intermediaries involved, direct export gives at least some control on marketing and<br />
distribution. It relies on the followin g principal vehicles: the foreign agent/distributor channel<br />
and the branch/subsidiary channel (Root, 1982). In <strong>China</strong> the latter is limited to a mere<br />
representative function; by Chinese law, representative offices are not allowed to conduct any<br />
business activities such as concluding commercial contracts.<br />
Finding a well established trading house in <strong>China</strong> is a difficult task, especially for SMEs.<br />
Large trading houses with a good geographical coverage in <strong>China</strong> prefer to work with big<br />
companies who boast high sales volumes. Problems increase when the SME wants the trading<br />
house to market and sell high tech products that require sophisticated service and<br />
maintenance. SMEs most likely have to rely on smaller companies which do not cover all<br />
Chinese provinces and ha ve less resources to provide technical maintenance and after sales<br />
service.<br />
Market Opportunities: “Going <strong>China</strong>” as a Strategic Long Term Decision<br />
More resources are required when <strong>China</strong> engagement is seen as long term strategic decision,<br />
i.e. the Chinese market is considered a strategic target market for the company. Beside<br />
pr oduction facilities in the country, marketing and sales activities are essential for a long term<br />
foothold. SMEs who follow this path may want to set up a representative office first, but as<br />
these are not allowed to conduct any business, this cannot be more than an initial step. All<br />
joint venture forms and the wholly owned foreign enterprise (WOFE) are possible vehicles for<br />
long term presence.<br />
3.3.2.2 Objective 2: Exploiting Existing Know-How and Proprietary Technology<br />
Many SMEs are not able to commit substantial financial and human resources to a <strong>China</strong><br />
engagement. However, besides the sales approach described above, high-tech companies have<br />
the opportunity to exploit their existing know -how in the Chinese market – often referred to as<br />
“pure technology transfer”.<br />
Tangible items of “pure technology” include technical blueprints, manuals, patent rights on<br />
products and processes or documented process knowledge, just to give a few examples.<br />
Intangible elements are implicit knowledge and experience which are embedded in the people<br />
who handle or develop the technology. To ensure successful technology transfer, these<br />
“knowledge carriers” should be involved in the transfer process.<br />
113
<strong>The</strong> most common vehicles for commercial transfer of pure technology are various forms of<br />
“technology sale”. <strong>The</strong>se forms differ mainly in the payment methods agreed upon. Another<br />
vehicle of “pure technology transfer” are training courses offered to Chinese technicians.<br />
<strong>The</strong>y are often a mandatory element within a larger contract, e.g. when complicated<br />
equipment has been sold for which operators and maintenance staff need instruction. Training<br />
as stand-alone vehicle for technology transfer is rare as it is resource intensive and as there is<br />
no immediate need on the Chinese side without equipment purchase. Large companies<br />
organise seminars on their technology and products, but this is rather a marketing instrument.<br />
Chinese buyers and involved engineers are invited to these events which are held in <strong>China</strong> or<br />
even overseas.<br />
3.3.2.3 Objective 3: Exploiting Comparative Cost Advantages<br />
Cost effective production mainly for export purposes is usually a step up the ladder in terms<br />
of resource requirements. SMEs who have the intention to use lower factor costs to reduce<br />
production cost have several options, but should consider that costs incurred for other than<br />
low-skilled manual labour are often as high or even higher than in many Western countries.<br />
Possible vehicles include contract production (questionable if in the case of high-tech<br />
products quality requirements can be met by the subcontractor), equity and co-operative joint<br />
ve ntures and wholly owned foreign enterprises.<br />
3.3.2.4 Objective 4: Providing After Sales Service and Maintenance<br />
Sooner or later a high-tech SME may be confronted with the need to service equipment and<br />
products sold to <strong>China</strong>. Servicing from the home base is a suitable option as long as response<br />
times are acceptable and as long technicians have to visit the Chinese customers only once in<br />
a while. With increasing stock of equipment sold to <strong>China</strong>, the ongoing service requirements<br />
grow and with them the need for local responsiveness. <strong>The</strong> reorganisation of the SME’s<br />
service and maintenance strategy in <strong>China</strong> may become necessary.<br />
However, setting up a service and maintenance organisation in <strong>China</strong> is not as straightforward<br />
as in most other countries. Representative offices are limited to a mere representation function<br />
by law, wholly foreign owned enterprises (WOFEs) cannot be set up as service -only<br />
companies because the Chinese government restricts full ownership of a company to<br />
manufacturing enterprises. However, it is possible that a manufacturing WOFE also provides<br />
service and maintenance for products produced and sold in <strong>China</strong>. Two legal possibilities<br />
remain: the foundation of a Chinese-foreign joint venture to carry out service and<br />
114
maintenance or the use of established trading companies who are allowed to offer technical<br />
service and maintenance. <strong>The</strong> first option means to share substantial technical knowledge with<br />
a Chinese partner, the second option may not offer the same quality of service because<br />
technicians employed by the trading house are rarely specialists for one particular machine,<br />
they have to service a whole range of technical equipment.<br />
3.3.2.5 Objective 5: Research and Development<br />
Little is known about companies venturing into <strong>China</strong> to benefit from the scientific resources<br />
and to carry out R&D. It might be an option in very specific circumstances, where a Chinese<br />
partner, be it a University, a state-run research laboratory or a private research organisation,<br />
possesses technology that is of interest to a foreign SME. Cases with MNC involvement are<br />
known in the field of biotechnological research and in the aerospace industry.<br />
A German-Chinese office for the co-ordination of joint fundamental and applied research is<br />
currently in the planning stage but negotiations with the Chinese side are lengthy and<br />
difficult; it will be funded by the German federal ministry for research and technology and<br />
acts on behalf of major German public and private research organisations.<br />
3.3.3 Assessment of Bargaining Situations for SMEs<br />
Understanding the “Bargaining Position”<br />
In the short run neither internal nor external determinants can be influenced and altered by the<br />
SME. <strong>The</strong>y are fixed given facts which determine the choice of the market entry vehicle.<br />
However, the decision on the entry mode is made by a human being; thus all determinants are<br />
subject to interpretation. Correct interpretation requires good understanding of all<br />
determinants, especially of the role of advanced technology in the Chinese context.<br />
Understanding alone is not sufficient: the responsible manager must draw conclusions from<br />
the set of dete rminants, he must anticipate opportunities and risks. Knowledge about potential<br />
“bargaining partners” such as for example local Chinese governments or potential joint<br />
venture partners and the position of the own company in negotiations with these partners,<br />
knowledge about its strengths and weaknesses and the sources of bargaining power, are<br />
imperative to make the best possible choice.<br />
Interpreting the determinants, drawing conclusions and understanding the bargaining position<br />
of the partner are a matter of preparation. This is a difficult task for a manager with limited<br />
time and no or little experience in the Chinese business environment.<br />
115
Knowledge about the own position in a bargaining situation, about own strengths and<br />
weaknesses in negotiations and about the sources of bargaining power are a prerequisite to<br />
use the available “assets” to their fullest benefit.<br />
This section aims to help SMEs to understand their position in a “bargaining situation” in the<br />
Chinese context. First, the importance of every bargaining constellation such as for example<br />
SME – local banks in case of direct export or SME – Chinese Customer in case of a<br />
service/maintenance joint venture is rated. Second, interesting bargaining relations, i.e.<br />
situations where a SME is expected to have at least some bargaining power, are analysed.<br />
<strong>The</strong> following chart gives an overview of possible relations between a SME and its bargaining<br />
partners. Every intersection of rows and columns represents one possible bargaining situation.<br />
Depending on the SME’s intention and the chosen entry vehicle, the bargaining arenas differ<br />
widely in respect to bargaining partners and the relevance of the relation with them. While the<br />
relation with Chinese customers, for example, are highly relevant if the product is targeting<br />
the Chinese market, this relation does not exist in the case of “exploiting cost advantages” and<br />
producing for export only. According to the importance of a relation, intersections of rows<br />
and a columns are marked with X (low), XX (medium) or XXX (high). An intersection<br />
marked with a 0 denotes that in this constelation no significant relation exists, i.e. the two<br />
parties can act without influencing each other.<br />
116
Government<br />
Central<br />
Exploiting Sales Opportunities<br />
Local Government<br />
<strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />
Chinese-Joint<br />
Rep. Office XX X 0 XXX 0 0 0 X X<br />
Direct Export X 0 0 XXX 0 0 XXX X XX<br />
Indirect Export 0 0 0 X 0 0 X 0 0<br />
Exploiting existing know-how / IP trade<br />
Licensing X XX 0 0 XXX 0 0 X 0<br />
IP Sale X XX 0 0 XXX 0 0 X X<br />
Training courses X X 0 0 XX 0 0 0 X<br />
Exploiting comparative cost advantages<br />
Contract<br />
Production<br />
Chinese Customer<br />
0 X XXX 0 0 XX 0 X X<br />
EJV, CJV XX XXX XXX 0 0 XXX 0 XXX XX<br />
WOFE XX XXX 0 0 0 XXX 0 X XXX<br />
Getting a long term strategic foothold in the Chinese market<br />
Rep. Office X X 0 X 0 X 0 X X<br />
EJV, CJV XX XXX XXX XXX 0 X 0 XXX XX<br />
WOFE XX XXX 0 XXX 0 X 0 X XXX<br />
Following a major customer<br />
Licensing X X XX 0 0 0 0 0 0<br />
EJV, CJV X XX XXX X 0 X 0 XXX XX<br />
WOFE X XX 0 X 0 X 0 X XXX<br />
Providing service and maintenance<br />
EJV, CJV XX XX XXX XX 0 0 0 XXX XXX<br />
Licensing 0 X XX 0 0 0 0 0 0<br />
TABLE 3-13: Relations between a SME and its bargaining partners<br />
Recipient<br />
Technology<br />
Customer<br />
Home Country<br />
Distributor<br />
Trading House /<br />
Local Banks<br />
Foreign Banks<br />
117
This evaluation does not rate SMEs’ bargaining power; it rather shows the importance of the<br />
relation for SMEs’ operations. Not all of the identified relations are real bargaining relations.<br />
<strong>The</strong> SME may be in such a weak position, that it is forced into compliance with the given<br />
environment and existing rules. This is particularly true for all relations with the central<br />
government and financial institutions. In terms of bargaining power a single SME is a<br />
lightweight against these “partners” and most likely has to comply with the rules.<br />
This section will shed some light onto four of the more promising and interesting bargaining<br />
situations, i.e. relations where SMEs are expected to have at least some bargaining power: 1)<br />
SME – local Chinese authorities, 2) SME – Chinese joint venture partner, 3) SME – trading<br />
house/distributor and 4) SME – technology recipient. First, the interests of both bargaining<br />
partners are briefly summarised for each of the given situations. Second, conflicting interests<br />
are identified. In a third step an estimation is given about the relative bargain ing strength of<br />
the SME. To come up with a reasonable estimate it is imperative to understand the sources of<br />
bargaining power.<br />
3.3.3.1 Bargaining Situation I: SME – Local Chinese Authorities<br />
High-Tech SME Local Chinese Authorities<br />
• Efficient authorities, fast approval procedures<br />
• Adequate infrastructure<br />
• Free choice of legal vehicle<br />
• Protection of technology, e.g. long license periods<br />
• No export quota<br />
• Free repatriation of profit<br />
• Attracting high-tech companies into the province<br />
• Ensure absorption of high tech � joint ventures<br />
preferred<br />
• Personal benefits such as gifts and international<br />
travel<br />
• Comply with central government’s rules<br />
• Tax collection<br />
TABLE 3-14: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />
Chinese Authorities<br />
As local authorities are empowered to approve investment projects below 30 million US$,<br />
they are in charge of most applications made by SMEs. To speed up approval procedures in<br />
the special economic zones, there are tight review deadlines for the approving authorities. If<br />
they cannot come up with an decision in time, the application is automatically considered<br />
approved. Growing competition among local government in their attempt to lure FDI into<br />
their province lead to this streamlined approval process (Foreign Investment Administration,<br />
1995). However, issuing the required business license still may take many months.<br />
Local governments, especially in the coastal provinces have realised that high tech companies<br />
have special requirements in terms of physical infrastructure. Beside the industrial parks<br />
which usually provide a good infrastructure, specialised “high-tech parks” are currently set up<br />
118
in the most advanced provinces and municipalities. Only technology based companies are<br />
eligible to set up operations in such privileged areas. In these parks which are often foreign<br />
planned and sometimes administered 115 with foreign help, power supply, water quality and<br />
telecommunications facilities are on par with Western standards.<br />
Everything seems to be nicely set up for foreign SMEs, but conflicting interests exist when it<br />
comes to the question of technology transfer. On the one hand SMEs tend to be secretive<br />
about their proprietary knowledge and are reluctant to share it with a partner. On the other<br />
hand that is exactly one major goal of the Chinese side: full and rapid assimilation of the<br />
technology. <strong>The</strong>refore, joint ventures are clearly favoured by the Chinese side because<br />
technology transfer to the Chinese Partner is inevitable. License periods are limited by law to<br />
a maximum of ten years, Chinese workers must be given compulsory training (Chen, 1993),<br />
extensive guarantees by the SME are specified in a technology transfer contract.<br />
<strong>The</strong> technology offered is by far the single most important source of power during<br />
negotiations. <strong>The</strong> more a SME is willing to share, the better is its position in negotiations. As<br />
the competition among regional governments is fierce, many questions are negotiable.<br />
Although the preferred legal vehicle is the joint venture, it is no problem to set up a company<br />
as WOFE. High-tech companies are usually able to negotiate a 0% export quota regardless of<br />
the legal form chosen (Foreign Investment Administration, 1995) 116 . Longer license periods<br />
have been granted in some instances and repatriation of profit made in <strong>China</strong> is partly<br />
possible. Ample time for negotiations, high profile negotiation teams, flexibility and a clever<br />
way to deal with unofficial requests (gifts, international travel) are other elements that<br />
strengthen the SME’s negotiation power. To sum up, SMEs have a relatively good position in<br />
dealing with local authorities, provided they offer genuine high-tech, that has a high priority<br />
on <strong>China</strong>’s “technology shopping list”.<br />
115<br />
Example: Suzhou Industrial Park, a Singapore – <strong>China</strong> joint venture, jointly run but planned by<br />
Singapore’s Economic Development Board.<br />
116<br />
Companies with foreign held equity usually have to export a certain percentage of their production,<br />
depending on the type of product and the legal form.<br />
119
3.3.3.2 Bargaining Situation II: SME – Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />
High-Tech SME Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />
• Cheap production for export or<br />
• Long term foothold or<br />
• Service & maintenance<br />
• Technology as equity<br />
• Keep control of operations<br />
• Getting access to distribution networks<br />
• Short term focus<br />
• Get rid off own excess staff<br />
• Personal motives: travel, etc.<br />
• Upgrade of product and process technologies<br />
• Getting access to foreign markets<br />
TABLE 3-15: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />
Chinese JV Partners<br />
When a SME considers a joint venture as entry vehicle, be it for export oriented production,<br />
getting a long term foothold in the market or to provide service and maintenance for its<br />
products, its goal is usually for a stable and long lasting presence in <strong>China</strong>. Eventual profits<br />
are often reinvested to support the future growth of the joint venture. Chinese companies tend<br />
to have a short term focus; in many cases the goal is to make profit and extract from the<br />
operation as much as possible instead of reinvesting the profit. Conflicts are difficult to avoid<br />
because the different time horizons lead to different business strategies. Equity Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s<br />
(EJV) where both parties hold an equity share are generally more stable than Contractual Joint<br />
<strong>Venture</strong>s (CJV) where co-operation is based on a contract without strict equity requirements.<br />
To minimise problems, special attention has to be given to a careful partner selection.<br />
One of the biggest problems is the valuation of assets brought into the joint venture as equity<br />
by the parties. Machinery, technology and hard currency is usually contributed by the SME<br />
while the Chinese partner provides land, eventually buildings, a sales organisation and<br />
manpower. Equity contribution in form of technology (know -how, patent rights, etc.) is<br />
restricted by law to 20% of the total equity. Often land and buildings are evaluated much too<br />
high so that the Chinese side gets the desired equity stake which is relevant for profit<br />
distribution and control of the joint venture. SMEs and MNCs alike usually have to make<br />
concessions in this question.<br />
Overstaffing is a serious problem in many Chinese companies. Getting rid of excess staff<br />
might be a motive to form a joint venture. Like in the equity issue, concessions to the Chinese<br />
side are often necessary. Both issues are hard to solve and are a common reason for the failure<br />
of JV negotiations.<br />
One important, if not the most important reason for a SME to opt for the joint venture solution<br />
is the expectation that the Chinese partner has a lot of “guanxi” and a well developed sales<br />
120
network through which the products of the joint venture can be sold. Reality often does not<br />
meet expectations: it is almost impossible to evaluate the quality of guanxi or the efficiency of<br />
the sales network. <strong>China</strong> is a huge country and it is unlikely that a joint venture partner has a<br />
strong presence in all provinces. Those who have, are large enterprises but these have most<br />
likely already been picked as partners by the foreign MNCs who were first in <strong>China</strong>. If the<br />
sales network is a major reason to form the joint venture, the partner must have at least sales<br />
experience with similar products. While the foreign SME wants to get access to the Chinese<br />
market, the Chinese partner may have in mind to improve product qua lity through new<br />
technology and then attack foreign markets with competitive products: Again, a potential<br />
source for conflicts.<br />
Personal motives of Chinese managers to form a joint venture are among the most dangerous<br />
because they are mostly of egoistic nature. One objective may be to benefit through gifts and<br />
business travel in the short run but the well being of the joint venture is not a prime issue. If<br />
there is no genuine business interest from the Chinese side, the joint venture is doomed to fail.<br />
To asses the source of SMEs’ bargaining power in respect to the joint venture partner, two<br />
situations are distinguished: 1) JV negotiations and 2) JV operation.<br />
1. Again, the technology offered is one of the major sources of power. It is also the main<br />
reason for which the SME becomes an interesting partner for a Chinese company. <strong>The</strong> actual<br />
situation depends on how urgently the technology is needed, if the technology is unique or<br />
available from other companies. In the latter case it is important if the Chinese company has<br />
eventually sufficient funds to buy or license the technology from a third party. A high profile<br />
delegation, sufficient time and a careful preparation with contingency plans improve the<br />
bargaining situation considerably.<br />
2. Once the joint venture is in operation, the actual bargaining power is very much a function<br />
of the equity stake hold by the SME. However, this is not a linear function! Whoever has the<br />
majority usually dictates the business strategy and has control over important decisions. This<br />
does not necessarily mean that once a SME holds the majority everything is fine: a good<br />
relation to the JV’s management is equally important, no matter from which side it is<br />
appointed. Regular visits are necessary to create and maintain such a relationship.<br />
Fast moving technologies bear an intrinsic source of bargaining power: updates and<br />
improvements that are developed at the SME’s home location are often desirable to be<br />
implemented in the joint venture – but new technology has its price! <strong>The</strong> possession of the<br />
latest technology is always a power factor in negotiations with Chinese.<br />
121
<strong>The</strong> bargaining power of a SME in relation to that of a Chinese partner cannot be generalised.<br />
It is determined by many factors, not only by the technology and its availability but also by<br />
the size of the partner, its financial strength, the experience of the negotiation team, among<br />
many others. It may range from very strong to almost insignificant.<br />
3.3.3.3 Bargaining Situation III: SME – Trading House / Distributor<br />
High-Tech SME Trading House / Distributor<br />
• Wide geographical coverage, preferably whole of<br />
<strong>China</strong><br />
• Excellent service and maintenance for products<br />
• Committed marketing<br />
• Brand name<br />
• High margin<br />
• High volume sales<br />
• 1st priority: established customers<br />
• SME only if product has excellent market potential,<br />
competitive product<br />
TABLE 3-16: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />
distributors<br />
As outlined in a previous paper, large foreign trading houses who cover many provinces<br />
usually have a long track record of activities in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong>y have stable long term<br />
relationships with the companies which they represent, often large MNCs with well known<br />
brand names. Usually they are reluctant to take SMEs as new clients. Only under special<br />
circumstances: when the SME’s product complements the existing product mix or when the<br />
product has an especially high market potential in <strong>China</strong>, new applicants will be considered 117 .<br />
Still then, SMEs will often be only second league clients in terms of marketing effort or<br />
service and maintenance support.<br />
In general, smaller trading houses are willing to take new clients, provided the products fit<br />
into their existing product portfolio. Although new SMEs may be along with others equal<br />
“first league clients”, the small trading house may not have the resources to do an efficient<br />
marketing or to give appropriate service support to the customer. <strong>The</strong>y are unlikely to cover<br />
the whole of <strong>China</strong> but focus a geographic region.<br />
Sources of bargaining power vis a vis a large trading house are obvious: the greater the<br />
market potential of the product (as estimated by the trading house), the more likely the trading<br />
house will give appropriate attention to the product (marketing effort and customer service).<br />
<strong>The</strong> same is true for excellent price competitiveness, meaning the trading house can realise<br />
high margins. Although SMEs do not have well known brand names such as for example<br />
117 Presentation at Sieber Hegner Trading, Shanghai, 17.04.1997.<br />
122
Siemens or Motorola, they may have a reputation and a well known brand name in their niche<br />
market – a fact that should help in negotiations with a trading house. To sum up briefly,<br />
unless an SME’s product has not an extraordinary market potential, the bargaining position of<br />
SMEs in respect to large well established trading houses is rather weak.<br />
3.3.3.4 Bargaining Relation IV: SME – Chinese Technology Recipient<br />
High-Tech SME Chinese Technology Recipient<br />
• Appropriate price for technology<br />
• Free choice of business model (licensing, sale,<br />
royalties)<br />
• Delivery of appropriate technology to avoid<br />
problems<br />
• Protection of technology<br />
• Low cost upgrading of process and product<br />
technology, new products<br />
• Complete disclosure of technology<br />
• Extensive guarantees<br />
• Most advanced technology<br />
• Training<br />
• No tie-in contracts<br />
• No restriction on sales region and no min. sales<br />
price<br />
TABLE 3-17: Interests, objectives and expectations between High-Tech SMEs and<br />
Chinese Technology Recipient<br />
Regardless of the form of payment, SMEs expect an adequate financial compensation for<br />
technology transfer. This leads to a first set of problems (Guo / Akroyd, 1996): Chinese<br />
technology buyers are very cost sensitive, yet routinely request the most advanced and<br />
sophisticated technology, even though they may lack of foreign exchange, adequate<br />
infrastructure to utilise complex technology and trained personnel (Chen, 1993).<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is no tradition of commercial technology transfer in <strong>China</strong>, previously technology was<br />
transferred between the state owned conglomerates free of charge. In the end the price is<br />
us ually the decisive factor, given the technology fulfils the basic requirements. Flexible<br />
pricing strategies, such as modular pricing of individual components are a good method to<br />
make the deal transparent for the Chinese and give them options to chose from. Still, the value<br />
of a technology is often hotly debated in negotiations.<br />
Asking for the most advanced technology is understandable from the Chinese point of view –<br />
catching up with the first league industrialised countries as fast as possible is an implicit goal<br />
in many actions. However, in many cases leading front end technology is inappropriate and<br />
only a second best solution. Technology providers face the problem that they have to give<br />
guarantees concerning the performance of the technology although they do not ha ve control<br />
over the quality of material inputs or correct handling of the process. <strong>The</strong>y are trapped in a<br />
dilemma, knowing that a more mature technology suits better for the purpose while the<br />
123
Chinese insist on cutting edge technology. If the technology proves to be too advanced for the<br />
Chinese recipient, employees may mishandle the equipment due to lack of sufficient training,<br />
which could badly damage the foreign suppliers reputation.<br />
According to Confucian philosophy copying is a legitimate and clever way of learning; moral<br />
scruples do not exist. For an SME whose major asset is proprietary technology, it is<br />
imperative to control and to protect its technology from unauthorised use, copying and<br />
dissemination. Holding back key components (delivering them as bla ck box) is one defensive<br />
strategy. SMEs involved with rapidly evolving high-technology face probably less risk when<br />
transferring their top end technology to <strong>China</strong>. Once the Chinese fully master this technology,<br />
a succeeding technology generation has already been developed. Thus the risk of creating a<br />
competitor is minimal.<br />
Although Chinese Patent and Licensing Laws are of Western standard, law enforcement is<br />
still very weak (Kloth 1996). Dissemination of delivered technology is almost beyond control<br />
of a foreign SME; it happens that a process technology license is given for one manufacturing<br />
plant, that fees for this plant are paid regularly but that the technology is used in similar<br />
facilities without gratification and notification of the licensor.<br />
<strong>The</strong> risk of creating a competitor on the world market is inherent to process and product<br />
technology transfer. Chinese Licensing Laws do not permit any geographical restriction of the<br />
sales area of the products deriving from licensed or bought technology. Minimum sales prices<br />
are forbidden, giving the Chinese way to conquer established markets with dumping price<br />
strategies. However, it seems that only the largest Chinese firms have the experience and<br />
management resources to become a serious competitor on the world market.<br />
As Paul reflected on his <strong>China</strong> venture, he realised the wisdom of Mr. Zheng in his dealings<br />
with the Chinese partner. Mr. Zheng’s good business relationships with the Chinese partners<br />
involved not only the provision of a foreign market for Chinese goods, but also the essential<br />
help and advice which he gives to them in terms of improvement to the products as well as the<br />
introduction of various appropriate technologies to the Chinese partner. When appropriate,<br />
Mr. Zheng has even helped the Chinese partners source for technology in Europe. Paul began<br />
to realise the reasons for the strengths and depths of Mr. Zheng’s relationships with his<br />
124
Chinese partners. He also began to realise why he could not seem to make any headway with<br />
his Chinese partners once Mr. Zheng is gone. Without extra “technology service” which Mr.<br />
Zheng is providing, the strategic partnership may not be too attractive to the Chinese partners.<br />
“Technology service” was never part of the formal agreement to co-operate in the existing<br />
trading arrangements. Similarly, the often necessary inspection and assembly activities<br />
relating to the trading activities were also never specified in any written agreement with<br />
Chinese partners. <strong>The</strong>se anomalies according to Paul’s past perception would now appear to<br />
be central to the business relationships Mr. Zheng had developed and critical to their<br />
maintenance over the longer term.<br />
Paul continued to read on about the cultural factors relating to the negotiations for a Joint<br />
<strong>Venture</strong> in <strong>China</strong>. Brigitta Joho and Jürgen Müller wrote:<br />
3.4 Negotiating for a Joint <strong>Venture</strong>: Strategic Considerations (by Brigitta Joho<br />
and Jürgen Müller)<br />
For many people in the West, <strong>China</strong> is not only geographically but also culturally very far<br />
away. Although modern communication technology gave us a closer link to the Asian world,<br />
this region still seems further away than for example Australia. <strong>The</strong> completely different<br />
culture is one major aspect. It is therefore no wonder that companies use Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s as a<br />
first step to enter the Chinese market. <strong>The</strong> way to a successful Joint <strong>Venture</strong> is long and full of<br />
problems. <strong>The</strong> missing language ability is certainly not the biggest obstacle, but the lack of<br />
intercultural competence, social and economic knowledge and experience.<br />
<strong>The</strong> keys to a successful European–Chinese Joint <strong>Venture</strong> lie in a very good preparation for<br />
the Chinese culture and for any problem which could await the investor, as well as the ability<br />
to use the opportunities provided by an intercultural partnership. This paper tries to highlight<br />
the main differences between German and Swiss values and customs on one side, and Chinese<br />
on the other.<br />
To illustrate these differences we proceed in the following way: In a first step we build the<br />
foundation for our paper, by giving a rough overview about the meaning of culture in its three<br />
different levels and their functions. In the next section we present a more theoretical approach<br />
to the Chinese way of doing business, and in the last part we summarise the experiences<br />
gathered through the inte rviews with different companies. Finally, we would give some<br />
recommendations on how to do business in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
125
3.4.1 Culture<br />
Culture influences both economic behaviour and performance. In the Asian-Pacific region,<br />
several cultural and religious traditions exist: Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, Hinduism,<br />
Islam and Christianity. Additionally, Western attitudes like Liberalism and Communism have<br />
also influenced this region. 118<br />
Corporate<br />
culture<br />
business culture<br />
national culture<br />
FIGURE 3-19: Three levels of culture<br />
When we talk about culture in this context, we have to differentiate between three stages: the<br />
national culture, the business culture and the corporate culture. <strong>The</strong>se different levels cannot<br />
be separated, they interact.<br />
3.4.1.1 National Culture<br />
National culture provides the basis for our behaviour, way of thinking, customs, etc. We are<br />
socialised into our culture and we learn through culturally defined symbols which have<br />
specific meanings. Through socialisation people gain shared understandin g in a society to<br />
allow adequately for predictable and co-ordinated social activities. 119 In essence, this<br />
constituted our cultural background, and is the main reason why people from other societies<br />
are different from us. Culture does have its basic functions like division of labour, providing<br />
social controls against deviant behaviour, distribution of power, and providing a sense of<br />
priorities and values. 120<br />
At this point it is important to make a distinction between ‘nation’ and ‘country’. It is<br />
common to say that a nation, e.g. the Germans, live in one country, which is in this case<br />
Germany. But this view is too simplistic, separating different nationalities along country<br />
118 Schütte/Lasserre, 1996, p. 101.<br />
119 Terpstra/David, 1991, p. 20.<br />
120 Phatak, 1992, p. 9.<br />
126
orders. However, a country may also consist of peoples of different nationalities or ethnic<br />
groups, such as former Yugoslavia, the former USSR or Malaysia. 121 <strong>The</strong>re are also<br />
nationalities whose people straddle more than one country, such as the Kurds or the Basks.<br />
3.4.1.2 Business Culture<br />
Business culture is a sub-culture of the national culture. It often requires learning of cultural<br />
knowledge relevant to a person’s participation in the wider social-economic world. Business<br />
culture comprises the effective rules of the game, the boundaries between competition and<br />
unethical behaviour, the codes for conduct in business dealings. 122<br />
We will discuss the differences in business culture between Europe and <strong>China</strong> in section<br />
Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong>, later in this<br />
paper.<br />
3.4.1.3 Corporate culture<br />
A business is an organisational entity with its own common and shared values. Characteristics<br />
of a corporate culture are shared values (e.g. ethical values on how to do business, business<br />
ideologies, and ideas of quality, co-operation, tolerance, hierarchy, control, etc.), shared<br />
norms (guidelines, leadership principles, etc.), shared attitudes (attitudes of the employees<br />
towards task, product, colleagues, leadership, company, development, customers, etc.) and<br />
shared artefacts (languages and language rules, behaviour, architecture, conferences and<br />
meetings, parties, rituals and ceremonies, myths and anecdotes, etc.). 123<br />
Just like in the society, sub-cultures can also exist in a company. This could be due to the<br />
different functional, hierarchical, regional, or other affiliations of the members, or due to<br />
differences in their nationalities, sex, age, and other personal characteristics. 124<br />
3.4.2 Comparison of Business and Culture between Germany/Switzerland and<br />
<strong>China</strong><br />
What we are going to discuss in this sec tion should give you a general idea of Chinese<br />
business life and its culture. However, it does not guarantee a procedure without any difficulty<br />
121 Stüdlein, 1997, p. 36.<br />
122 Terpstra/David, 1991, p. 20.<br />
123 Stüdlein, 1997, pp. 38.<br />
124 Stüdlein, 1997, p. 39.<br />
127
in negotiations and communication with your Chinese partner. We should always keep in<br />
mind that human beings are individuals all over the world, it doesn’t matter if they come from<br />
Germany, Switzerland, Africa, or <strong>China</strong>. Each person needs to be treated individually.<br />
3.4.2.1 Understanding of Confucianism<br />
Chinese philosophy and thought have been influenced greatly by Confucianism. Confucius<br />
was born in 551 BC, in what is now called Shandong province, and died in 479 BC. His<br />
ambition was to hold a high government office and reorder society through the administrative<br />
apparatus. <strong>The</strong> glorification of Confucius began after his death, and during the Han Dynasty,<br />
Confucianism effectively became the state “religion". He aimed to instil a feeling of humanity<br />
towards others and respect for oneself, as well as a sense of dignity of human life. Courtesy,<br />
selflessness, magnanimity, diligence and empathy would naturally follow. His ideal person<br />
was competent, poised, fearless, even-tempered and free of violence and vulgarity. 125<br />
<strong>The</strong> understanding of Confucianism may help foreigners to understand the Chinese better,<br />
particularly during negotiations:<br />
• Harmony is the highest goal of action and thought, to maintain it, each person has to seek<br />
compromise, not confrontation.<br />
• Stability of society is based on unequal relationships. This involves mutually binding<br />
obligations.<br />
• A family is the prototype of all social organisations. Every person is member of a family or<br />
group.<br />
• A role played by an individual is more important than the individual.<br />
• One must behave in a virtuous manner towards others. Everyone’s “face” must be<br />
maintained. 126<br />
Harmony is in the centre of morality, righteousness, relationships, virtue, sincerity and thrift.<br />
125 Storey, 1994, p. 72.<br />
126 Rubensdörffer, 1997.<br />
128
Germany/Switzerland <strong>China</strong><br />
democratic, "mündig" (i.e. mature) respectful, obedient<br />
open-direct communication humble, demeanour-circuitous communication<br />
conflict means to clear issues seeking harmony towards all, tenacity<br />
Performance-motivated ready to learn and to take up<br />
active, self-driven patient, respectable, humble<br />
"have fun" thrift, sincerity<br />
advantage-driven morally, conscientious<br />
analytic-researching seeking synthesis/balance<br />
change: challenge, ego stability, tradition, family<br />
creative self-development self-discipline, self-sacrifice<br />
opinion-oriented evasive-"receiver-oriented"<br />
TABLE 3-18: Comparison of Values and Behaviour<br />
3.4.2.2 Guanxi and the importance of family and friends<br />
For the Chinese, their family, including extended family and friends is the central unit. All<br />
members of the family and friends build a society network which can extend all over the<br />
world. This networ k, also called "guanxi", is based on personal loyalty, trust and<br />
responsibility. It takes a lot of time and patience to develop such a network, which involves<br />
lasting relationships. As a result, members of a network are obliged to each other. If someone<br />
is in trouble, the other members will work together on a solution. This social network is a<br />
major reason why Chinese business people can be so successful: <strong>The</strong>y work together and not<br />
against each other. "Guanxi" is carried into the economic system and has an immense<br />
influence on the Chinese decision-maker. For the Western business partner it means that he<br />
has to be conscious of the resulting restrictions as well as advantages when his Chinese<br />
counterpart belongs to such a network. 127<br />
A foreigner in <strong>China</strong> can eve ntually become part of a Chinese person’s circle of family and<br />
friends. However, he is expected to accept the traditional Chinese obligations of being a<br />
friend and must be reliable and dependable. Foreigners, who are not used to such a high level<br />
of mutual dependency can feel the Chinese expectations of friendship extremely burdensome.<br />
Moreover, friendship is expected to last throughout a person’s life. 128<br />
3.4.2.3 Self-Presentation<br />
At the first meeting it is very important that you have a positive effect on your Chinese<br />
partner. It is very helpful for further negotiations, if you are seen as competent and<br />
trustworthy.<br />
127 Melchers 1994, p. 66.<br />
129
Good self-presentation in Germany and Switzerland requires one to show the difference of<br />
one’s own person, the company, the offer and the product compared to others. In <strong>China</strong>, good<br />
self-preparation requires the presentation of one’s own personality which is ready to match<br />
the partners' interests and his existing relationships. <strong>The</strong> search for common interests, to show<br />
one’s own social position as well as to confirm respect for the potential partner, are central<br />
elements of the Chinese self-presentation. This kind of presentation aims at building trust and<br />
confirm trustworthiness. To build trust with someone means in <strong>China</strong> to be ready to confirm<br />
respect to the partner, to occupy oneself with his interests and to be ready to do business with<br />
him. 129<br />
Germany/Switzerland: <strong>China</strong>:<br />
self-confident Respected<br />
Successful know important people<br />
Competent influential<br />
experienced Educated<br />
Modern have luck and be happy<br />
political and cultural interested Experienced<br />
have a clear opinion Modern<br />
be able to afford something have a status<br />
Dynamic, energetic keep conventions<br />
Determined Helpful<br />
Emancipated polite and pleasant<br />
Unordinary to belong to an important family or company<br />
TABLE 3-19: Presentation of the own person 130<br />
128 Dunung, 1995, p. 105.<br />
129 Zailiang/Reisch, 1994, p. 8.<br />
130 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />
130
3.4.2.4 Conversation at the first meeting<br />
Chinese and Swiss/German people touch on different conversational topics at the first<br />
meeting. Europeans like to talk about things which just happened, what they studied or about<br />
their carrier, their own norms, exclusive hobbies, weekend or holiday events or about the<br />
inability of other people. Chinese tell about their own background, what they studied, their<br />
carrier, their stay abroad, food and drinks (very important!), international events, economic<br />
development, help and support offers, social relations and about everything, that is pleasant<br />
and gives a good feeling. 131<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are some topics you should not mention when you get to know your Chinese partner:<br />
• Do not praise yourself or a member of your family. However, it would be nice to praise the<br />
person you are talking to.<br />
• Do not make any critical or debasing remarks on anything.<br />
• Do not mention negative events like illness, misfortune, accident, etc.<br />
• Do not forget to show your positive sympathy and your personal interest for the well-being<br />
and welfare of the person you talk to.<br />
• Do not start controversial discussions.<br />
• Do not try to talk immediately about topics which could end in a conflict.<br />
• Do not get too near to your partner. 132<br />
Germany: <strong>China</strong>:<br />
Offensive, direct indirect defensive<br />
Active reactive, wait and see<br />
Critical take note of the communication<br />
Purposive purposive, reserved<br />
Analytical, systematically systematically<br />
Innovative, dynamically adaptable, open minded<br />
Emotional, engaged calm, self-controlled<br />
like a good colleague respectful, hierarchically distanced<br />
TABLE 3-20: Communication behaviour at the first meeting 133<br />
In short, it can be said that a German or Swiss tries to distinguish himself positively from<br />
others, that means he tries to present himself to be better than others. He does this by stressing<br />
131 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 10.<br />
132 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />
133 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 9.<br />
131
his own norms and qualifications, or even by criticising others. Through these, he presents<br />
himself as very self-confident, competent and wealthy.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese looks at self -presentation differently. In <strong>China</strong> somebody is noticed by others<br />
because he gets respect, he belongs to an important family, or he is a member of an influential<br />
group or because he has the support of other people.<br />
A potential conflict exists when the Chinese considers the Europeans’ behaviour as<br />
embarrassing or overdone. On the other hand, the Europeans cannot stand the self-<br />
presentation of the Chinese because they see their status gesture as ridiculous. Moreover they<br />
feel hurt by some topics raised by the Chinese.<br />
3.4.2.5 Negotiation process and its communication problems<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is a clear difference between the European and Chinese communication process.<br />
Europeans are used to explain their final goal, give reasons for it and whenever possible<br />
defend it. From their point of view, it is the business of the negotiating partner to make his<br />
position clear and to give reasons for his target. Both partners have different goals. <strong>The</strong> final<br />
acceptable result will be somewhere in the middle of the two positions. <strong>The</strong>y reach it by<br />
clarifying the differences, make compromises and concessions to each other. <strong>The</strong> whole<br />
process is accompanied by relevant and logical arguments. <strong>The</strong> trick of the whole procedure is<br />
to receive more concessions than to give.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese do not follow this strategy. For them it is not effective enough, too direct and not<br />
very clever to show at the beginning your own goals to the partner. A Chinese wants to know<br />
his partner first and get an idea of him so that he can assess if he is the right person to work<br />
with. For these reasons the Chinese communication strategy does not start with the building<br />
up of positions and clarifying divergence but starts with agreements where the negotiating<br />
partners have a lot in common. Up to here they try to widen the spectrum of agreements. <strong>The</strong><br />
negotiation begins only when there is a subject where the divergence is low and the chance is<br />
high to come to an agreement. <strong>The</strong> more delicate a subject and the bigger the differences, the<br />
more they will postpone discussion on the subject. <strong>The</strong> reason is simple. <strong>The</strong> more time spent<br />
on negotiations, the higher the possibility that the counterpart will agree and make<br />
concessions. Moreover, the longer the negotiations go, the better the Chinese get to know the<br />
partner and his strengths and weaknesses. With this strategy the goals of the Chinese appear<br />
132
only after a certain time and even then, is made known step by step. 134 If difficulties arise<br />
during the negotiation process and the partners do not come to a solution or when a position is<br />
not acceptable, the Chinese leave the subject aside and go on to the next topic or change the<br />
level of discussion. It might appear to you that Chinese wants to drag out the discussions in<br />
order to wear down your patience gradually. In fact, the decision-making process in <strong>China</strong> is<br />
often slower than in Europe. <strong>The</strong> Chinese wants to avoid disharmony and may require inputs<br />
from national, provincial and local levels. 135 This interruption of the discussion does not mean,<br />
that the Chinese is giving up. If the subject is important for them, they will come back to it<br />
again at a later time. Chinese can be very persistent and do not just give up. German and<br />
Swiss mana gers often have problems with this style of negotiation. <strong>The</strong>y are used to discuss a<br />
subject until they get to a result. However, Chinese often change the topic although they did<br />
not find a solution. In their eyes a change in the discussion level helps to relax and can lead to<br />
a better atmosphere, making it easier to make progress in the negotiation. This tactic can be<br />
very stressful for Europeans who are determined and want to come straight to the point. It is<br />
necessary to be patient in negotiations with the Chinese. Fierce outbursts will not earn you<br />
any respect. Patience, flexibility and creativity are the keys in negotiating successfully in<br />
<strong>China</strong>. Be prepared for tough negotiations. Adhere to your principles and objectives. Maintain<br />
a quiet and dignified manner. If problems develop, you should be firm about your limits and<br />
your willingness to work with your counterparts to find a mutually agreeable solution.<br />
As we can see, Chinese and German or Swiss communication strategies differ considerably.<br />
Both sides have different ideas of clever negotiation. By the respectful toughness and<br />
persistence of the Chinese, European managers get the feeling that they want to pull the wool<br />
over their eyes in a systematic way. However, the Chinese do have visible patterns and rules<br />
in their communication strategy. When these patterns are recognised, it is a lot easier for<br />
Europeans to negotiate with the Chinese. 136 It is advisable to allow your counterpart to set the<br />
tone and level for frankness and to follow his lead. Remember, the friendlier Chinese talk<br />
about a subject the more important it is for them. 137<br />
134 Zailing/Reisch, 1994, p. 85.<br />
135 Dunung, 1995, p. 116.<br />
136 Dunung, 1995, p. 86.<br />
137 Heiniger, 1997, p. 134.<br />
133
3.4.2.6 Yes and No<br />
Chinese do not like to say "No" or to be the bearer of negative news. If they do not agree with<br />
something they will hint indirectly by saying something like "It is inconvenient" or they will<br />
raise twice an objection to a subject to show that they do not agree. 138<br />
It is similar with "Yes". Chinese tend to response to nearly everything with "Yes". This could<br />
be an insignificant "Yes" which means "we hear you", a "Yes" which means "we listen to<br />
you", or a "Yes" which really means "Yes". You have to be careful with the interpretation of<br />
the "Yes". It doesn’t always mean an agreement on the Chinese side. If you are not sure of the<br />
meaning of the "Yes" or "No", avoid asking your counterparts directly about the meaning of<br />
the answer. Do not ask embarrassing questions. If an answer is "No" verify it by asking a<br />
question which can be answered positively. 139 It is important that all parties maintain "face".<br />
<strong>The</strong> big challenge for western people means: learn to guess what has been said even though<br />
nothing seemed to have been said. 140<br />
3.4.2.7 Further Differences between Germany/Switzerland and <strong>China</strong><br />
Germany/Switzerland <strong>China</strong><br />
functional-objective integrated-intuitive<br />
Analytical Synthetic<br />
Linear non-linear<br />
team hierarchy<br />
refer to things refer to persons<br />
follow principles refer to the situation<br />
individual sense of community<br />
direct approach indirect approach<br />
TABLE 3-21: Manager-thinking: Comparison of Germany/ Switzerland and <strong>China</strong> 141<br />
Further cultural differences arise with regard to business-partnership. Europeans value<br />
control, results and equal rights. <strong>The</strong>y see business as business, want to strengthen their<br />
position and have a legal attachme nt. Chinese, however, value confidence, human attachment,<br />
equality and process. In their eyes business is also a private matter and in a business<br />
relationship, weakness has to be balanced. 142<br />
138 Dunung, 1995, p. 117.<br />
139 Dunung, 1995, p. 117.<br />
140 Heiniger, 1997, pp. 134.<br />
141 Chung/Sievert, 1995, p. 55.<br />
142 Chung/Sievert, Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s, p. 56.<br />
134
3.4.3 Experiences of European Companies with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong><br />
A few years ago, when <strong>China</strong> was still an unknown area for business, not many Europeans<br />
had ever heard anything about intercultural management, and few thought of attending a<br />
training course. Nowadays, some western companies have quite some knowledge about <strong>China</strong><br />
and its culture because of their past experiences. <strong>The</strong>y learned from these experiences and as a<br />
result co-operation with a Chinese partner is much easier today. Most Western employees<br />
who plan to go to <strong>China</strong>, attend a 3-day seminar or something similar, so that they get at least<br />
some ideas of the Chinese culture, but there is no intensive training to prepare them<br />
adequately.<br />
<strong>China</strong> and its people are still relatively unknown to many Europeans but the companies have<br />
learned to understand the culture and to adapt to it. For this reason, our interview partners<br />
were able to give us a good idea of important factors to build up a good relationship with the<br />
Chinese partner and to be successful in business.<br />
Good intercultural management may not mean trying to find solutions for existing problems<br />
between the partners, but trying to avoid them.<br />
3.4.3.1 Interviewed Companies<br />
Our intention was to interview companies from different industries to see if intercultural<br />
problems come up only because of the collision of two cultures or if it is also a matter of the<br />
industry. <strong>The</strong> following companies were interviewed:<br />
• Bühler AG, Uzwil, Switzerland<br />
• BASF AG, Ludwigshafen, Germany<br />
• Daniel Swarovski Corporation AG, Feldmeilen, Switzerland<br />
• D. Swarovski & Co., Wattens, Austria<br />
• Georg Fischer AG, Schaffhausen, Switzerland<br />
• Hilti Aktiengesellschaft, Schaan, Fürstentum Liechtenstein<br />
All interviewed companies have had experiences with Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in <strong>China</strong> for several<br />
years. From the interviews, it is clear that intercultural problems do not depend on the<br />
industry a company is in.<br />
135
3.4.3.2 Interviews<br />
In the interviews, the companies were asked questions relating to 4 areas:<br />
1. Preparation for their engagement in <strong>China</strong>, including training courses for employees;<br />
2. Search for and evaluation of the Chinese partner;<br />
3. Negotiation process – the problems, solutions and avoidance of problems;<br />
4. Daily business dealings as well as some general questions relating to doing business in<br />
<strong>China</strong>.<br />
3.4.3.3 Important Factors<br />
During the interviews we received a lot of information. <strong>The</strong> most important factors to avoid<br />
intercultural problems and to build up a good relationship with the Chinese partner as well as<br />
to be successful in business are presented in the following section.<br />
Employees and Training<br />
An expatriate who is representing the European part of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>, has a very important<br />
and meaningful function. He has a strong influence on the Chinese partner's behaviour and it<br />
is mostly up to him as to whether the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners have a good relationship and<br />
good co-operation. <strong>The</strong>refore, the expatriate has to be highly motivated to go to <strong>China</strong> and he<br />
needs to be very positive and feel good about this decision. It is also absolutely necessary that<br />
he has a general interest in the country and its people. Otherwise his stay in <strong>China</strong> will<br />
become very stressful and uncomfortable. This again would have a negative influence on his<br />
behaviour.<br />
Professional qualifications of an expatriate is also a prerequisite, but it is not the most<br />
important factor in <strong>China</strong>. Much more important are social abilities. He has to be very<br />
sensitive and needs a good feeling for people. He has to try to understand what the Chinese<br />
are saying to him and therefore he has to be a person who listens to others. Furthermore he<br />
needs the ability to communicate in a way that nobody is loosing “face”. A rude expatriate<br />
who is not able to adapt to Chinese behaviours would lose his face and also his reputation.<br />
Moreover an intercultural training course is highly recommended. One of the interviewed<br />
companies found in their experience, that people who worked for a few weeks or months in<br />
<strong>China</strong> and did not attend a training course had much more troubles in adopting to the Chinese<br />
way of life. <strong>The</strong>y were much more annoyed about little things and complained more than the<br />
136
ones who atte nded a course. <strong>The</strong>y simply do not have a basic understanding for the different<br />
thinking and values of the Chinese. <strong>The</strong>y expect the Chinese to act like Europeans.<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong> Partner<br />
To be successful in the long run, it is essential to have the right Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partner, that is<br />
one who is interested in a long-lasting relationship. <strong>The</strong>refore it is not unusual for the search<br />
for the right counterpart to take two to three years. It is easy for Chinese to impress Europeans<br />
and to pull the wool over their eyes, because it is quite difficult for investors to check the<br />
information a potential partner gives to them. For this reason it is important to screen each<br />
potential partner carefully.<br />
As a result of early export activities, most of our interviewed companies had already good<br />
relations with <strong>China</strong> long before their Joint <strong>Venture</strong> engagement. <strong>The</strong> advantage of export<br />
partners becoming Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners, is that they know and trust each other before they<br />
start their business activities in the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>.<br />
If no relations to a Chinese company exist, you might get help from the local embassy,<br />
business associations, consulates or of other European companies already doing business in<br />
<strong>China</strong>. In this case it is best to choose a well established Chinese company as Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
partner. <strong>The</strong> company has already successfully built up a reputation in the market and is not<br />
willing to lose this. <strong>The</strong>refore, it is likely to act within a Western legal frame. Moreover, the<br />
more similar the business philosophies of the two partners, the bigger the chance of becoming<br />
successful Joint <strong>Venture</strong> partners in business.<br />
Negotiation process<br />
<strong>The</strong> negotiation process will last on the average between one and two years. This period was<br />
mentioned by all our interview partners. It is important, that trust in the Chinese partner is a<br />
central point for negotiations. <strong>The</strong> Chinese partner should, as already mentioned above, be<br />
interested in a long-lasting relationship. This means, that his main target is not to make short-<br />
term profits or misuse the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> to get access to foreign technology for his own use.<br />
Europeans must take their counterpart serious and must have a fair attitude in order to achieve<br />
a good and friendly negotiation climate. This means, that they have to listen and pay attention<br />
to what their Chinese negotiation partner says. Europeans should try to find a basic<br />
understanding of Chinese values and behaviours. <strong>The</strong>y should stick to their own position and<br />
strategy, but at the same time think also about the Chinese position. One should always<br />
evaluate the Chinese point of view. Good relations at a personal level can help a lot.<br />
137
To achieve good personal relations, it is important to meet regularly with the potential<br />
Chinese partners. Continuous contact via telephone, fax and le tters cannot replace the<br />
personal face-to-face meeting. It is also important to have informal meetings besides those at<br />
the negotiation table, such as at a Karaoke bar, at dinner, etc. This was highly recommended<br />
by nearly all of our interview partners. One said, that you have to meet so often at an informal<br />
level and talk about the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>, that in the end, everybody is saying the same thing and<br />
nobody is losing face. It helps both sides to get to know each other better.<br />
Another important factor, me ntioned by our interview partners, is that the Europeans should<br />
adapt to Chinese’s negotiation tactics. <strong>The</strong>y have to learn the way Chinese do business and<br />
how they negotiate. This learning will take a long time, and is mainly a process of trial and<br />
error, and can hardly be learned before going to <strong>China</strong>. A recommendation of our<br />
interviewees on how to handle this problem is the following: "Be very flexible at the initial<br />
stage". This sentence is a central statement. <strong>The</strong> "Letter of Intent" is only used to convince the<br />
governmental institutions, it is not a pre-contract. Here, one can make concessions, but do not<br />
move too far from the final goal.<br />
Despite economic development and opening to the West, the Chinese keep their traditions.<br />
Two main topics in this context are seniority and hierarchical thinking. This means, that the<br />
oldest is the leader of the negotiation team and decides. <strong>The</strong>re are no democratic decisions.<br />
Because of this acceptance of authority, you have to be sure about your goal and strategy. An<br />
example, that illustrates this point, is, that in a Chinese negotiation delegation only one person<br />
is talking, whereas in a German or Swiss delegation, everybody is talking. Chinese are very<br />
analytical and once they recognised that there is no common strategy in the European team,<br />
they will try to use this to their own advantage. <strong>The</strong>refore, negotiation meetings have to be<br />
very well prepared for by the Europeans as the Chinese are well prepared. You have to stick<br />
to your strategy, otherwise one single remark can turn the whole negotiation process up-side<br />
down.<br />
During negotiations, Chinese often switch negotiators and the subject. This is not bad at all.<br />
Think of the following, which happened to one of our interview partners: You negotiate e.g. a<br />
whole year without having found a single solution or common level. If now the Chinese<br />
switch the negotiators, it can also be an advantage for you, because with the new team you<br />
can start the discussion again, and the possibility to find a mutual solution could be much<br />
higher.<br />
138
Another Chinese tactic is, as mentioned above, to delay decisions. Europeans should not be<br />
too astonished if the first question on their arrival in <strong>China</strong> is for their flight back. A<br />
preferable answer, in this case, is to say that you stay as long as the negotiations will last. One<br />
interviewee suggested to present a shorter time table or leave the returning flight open. When<br />
the Chinese know the return date, a typical negotiation week may look like this: First half of<br />
the week will be spent on social activities and dinners at the evening. <strong>The</strong> "friendly banquet"<br />
during the negotiation period is used by the Chinese to get to know the European partner<br />
better. <strong>The</strong> second half will be general discussion and on the last day the real contract<br />
negotiations will start. That way, Chinese try to force the foreign partner to make more<br />
concessions and accept a less favourable contract. <strong>The</strong>y know that you cannot go back home<br />
without achieving anything.<br />
"<strong>The</strong> end of a negotiation period is the beginning for further ne gotiations." In <strong>China</strong>, a<br />
contract is not rigid. It can happen, that after a contract is negotiated and ready for signing, the<br />
Chinese partner wants to discuss the subject again.<br />
Recommendations<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is no general recipe. Nobody has a hundred per cent success formula. However, there<br />
are some recommendations, made by our interview partners, which may help. A Joint <strong>Venture</strong><br />
should always be based on partnership. Win their trust and be prepared for compromises. Be<br />
patient, reserve a lot of time and be sure that your goal is not to far away from that of your<br />
partner. A good personal relationship is a very important success factor. Stay in regular<br />
contact, even if there are no problems. This will show your interest. You will have the<br />
opportunity to feel the mood of the employees of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>. Take care of your<br />
expatriates. You can use their knowledge of the Joint <strong>Venture</strong> and <strong>China</strong> for other employees<br />
and the mother company. Remember, that everything is translated in <strong>China</strong>. This is one reason<br />
why everything takes longer. In most Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s of our interview partners, the President is<br />
Chinese, the Vice President is German or Swiss and the General Manager is German or Swiss<br />
and the Vice General Manager is Chinese. This is because Chinese still have the hierarchical<br />
thinking, and a Chinese President knows Chinese business better and can use his influence<br />
and connections for the Joint <strong>Venture</strong>. <strong>The</strong> European, as General manager, can contribute the<br />
technical and management knowledge. Hong Kong and overseas Chinese can act as<br />
intermediates and catalysts, because they know both worlds, the Western and the Chinese one.<br />
139
3.4.3.4 Evaluation of the Interviews<br />
Companies which stress the human factor have the biggest success in <strong>China</strong>. During our<br />
research, we found out that companie s which have existing business relations to <strong>China</strong>,<br />
because of former export activities, and good connections to embassies or politicians have<br />
less problems than the others. <strong>The</strong> companies which trust their Chinese counterpart and have<br />
no fixed framework are more successful than the others. It should always be kept in mind that<br />
Chinese also want to make profit. <strong>The</strong>ir understanding of profit differs sometimes from that of<br />
the Europeans. Chinese are perceived as being more short-time oriented, whereas German and<br />
Swiss companies want to establish a long-term relationship. If the European companies accept<br />
these differences and offer the Chinese partners a significant share of profit and stay flexible,<br />
they have less difficulties. An aspect which is important but cannot be influenced is luck.<br />
Without it, every preparation and strategy is worthless.<br />
It is not wise to push Chinese straight to the point. A basic understanding, achieved by<br />
training or experience, is highly important. Using European management and negotiation<br />
tactics will lead to a disaster. "It is not a shame to be European, and it is not a shame to make<br />
mistakes." This statement is true, but without any intercultural sensitivity one mistake may<br />
often to be too much.<br />
Reading this paper helped Paul to realise a major perception problem in his relationships with<br />
the Chinese. He just did not understand what this “Guanxi” is all about, which Mr. Zheng had<br />
so dutifully developed for his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>. It is a social network involving genuine<br />
relationships of trust, loyalty and responsibility. It has little to do with corruption or<br />
malpractice although to the uninitiated, it may look somewhat like that. Indeed, the Chinese<br />
were so nice to him because they were really giving him the opportunity to develop genuine<br />
relationships (Guanxi) with them. <strong>The</strong> Chinese are not in the habit of working with someone<br />
they do not know and without such genuine relationships. <strong>The</strong>se thoughts made Paul want to<br />
kick himself for his cultural ignorance and impatience. He should have spent some time trying<br />
to understand his Chinese partners and venture, not just the superficial business and financial<br />
aspects, but more the social relationship aspects on which the venture is grounded.<br />
Paul turned to the final paper on post-entry strategic considerations.<br />
140
4. Post-Entry Strategic Considerations<br />
<strong>The</strong> problem of a <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> not working well or even stumbling after a successful entry<br />
is a very real problem. Many companies made the mistake of leaving their <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> to<br />
less experienced managers once it has been successfully set up. Most simply did not realise<br />
the volatility of the ever changing environment and how fast such environmental changes<br />
would demand a re-positioning of their business ventures in <strong>China</strong>. Clearly, such an<br />
environment is also alien to Paul. He did not realise the dynamics of this environment when<br />
Mr. Zheng was running the business. He did not realise it when he took over the running of<br />
the business. He finally began to realise the problem as he read on in a paper by Klaus<br />
Kukovetz...<br />
4.1 Post-entry Considerations: Need for Re-evaluation and Re-positioning (by<br />
Klaus Kukovetz)<br />
4.1.1 Introduction<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chinese business environment is characterised by high GDP growth rates and therefore a<br />
fast changing business environment. <strong>The</strong> regulatory environment is also only emerging, which<br />
makes rapid changes in the political and judicial system possible. Because of its geographical<br />
and cultural distance to Europe, the inner workings of the country, reasons and speed of<br />
change, etc. are often diffic ult to understand for foreign companies.<br />
For all of these reasons, a strategy for the Chinese market has to be flexibly applied according<br />
to changes in the underlying variables. To be able to react in a timely and appropriate way, a<br />
company will need to establish reliable feedback loops to channel information from the field<br />
back to the headquarters.<br />
Information sources for such feedback loops should be plentiful and extend to sources outside<br />
one’s own organisation. Often, managers in the local subsidiary will be biased about specific<br />
bits of information. Censorship might come only too naturally to managers in <strong>China</strong>. For this<br />
reason, a broad net of business contacts with people, companies, and other organisations<br />
focused on <strong>China</strong> will be very useful. Such a w eb of inside and outside sources of information<br />
and feedback will provide a better basis for sound decisions.<br />
In addition, a system of constant re-evaluation should be built up, which should be designed<br />
to compare planned developments from actual trends. Not all disparities between plan and<br />
reality are reasons for concern or should initiate structural changes. Due to the unreliability of<br />
141
much business data in <strong>China</strong> and the speed of change and development in the environment.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re, many plans will prove inadequate and unable to reflect actual developments. In this<br />
respect, a large pool of applicable and reliable information from efficient sources will be<br />
particularly helpful, as it helps to differentiate between discrepancies caused by slower<br />
development of an otherwise well designed business and those caused by operational or<br />
strategy related flaws of the company.<br />
An organisational structure for gathering information and feedback together with processes to<br />
periodically re-evaluate the business, should form the basis for post-entry strategic success.<br />
However, these structures and processes can only be utilised to their fullest if they go hand in<br />
hand with the will, determination, and power to actively reposition the Chinese business if<br />
necessary.<br />
<strong>The</strong> will and determination will have to be achieved by appropriate internal monitoring and<br />
management processes. <strong>The</strong> power to do so, however, is often won or lost during the initial<br />
phase of negotiations with one’s partners. If the joint venture partner has a significant share in<br />
the ownership of the project, strategic change may be very difficult to achieve. This may<br />
result, as the examples below will show, in outright failure of the whole project and total loss<br />
of the investment. For this reason, the possibility for significant strategic repositioning needs<br />
to be taken into account already in the business formation phase.<br />
<strong>The</strong> need to reposition one's activities will be larger in <strong>China</strong> than in a more stable business<br />
environment. <strong>The</strong> challenges faced in trying to achieve such goals may easily be<br />
underestimated. <strong>The</strong> following examples and case-studies will show how the need for re-<br />
evaluation and repositioning can arise in reality. Some of the dire consequences of the lack of<br />
planning for exit strategies can surely be avoid ed by openly discussing and accounting for<br />
various developments that might make strategic change necessary.<br />
4.1.2 Case studies<br />
4.1.2.1 Luxury goods company in <strong>China</strong> (LGC)<br />
LGC is a family owned company supplying highly priced fashion jewellery to a world market.<br />
With around 9200 employees the company generates a turnover of around 1.4 billion CHF. It<br />
operates globally with more than 70 group companies, most of which are sales offices. By the<br />
early 1990s, the company operated two production facilities in Asia. One of them in Thailand<br />
142
and the other one in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> company organised its Asian activities through sales offices<br />
in <strong>China</strong>, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan, Singapore, Taiwan and Thailand.<br />
LGC started the process of building up its joint venture in <strong>China</strong> already in the mid 1980s. By<br />
doing so it could draw on the 25 years long experience of its Hong Kong office. 50 per cent of<br />
the joint venture was owned by LGC, the rest by two Chinese partners, one of them a<br />
government agency.<br />
<strong>The</strong> company encountered little problems in starting up production and it also managed to<br />
achieve its goal to stimulate the development of a local fashion industry that would use some<br />
of LGC's core products as raw materials. <strong>The</strong>re were no quality problems with the products as<br />
export goals could be easily met.<br />
However, internal sales did not develop according to plan. <strong>The</strong> partner company did not meet<br />
LGC's expectations as far as distribution and logistics was concerned. Also, the partner did<br />
not offer the expected network of contacts to relevant business partners. Managerial problems<br />
were caused by a lack of co-operation between the foreign and local partners. Managers<br />
appointed by the Chinese side tried to short cut decision making by LGC's general manager.<br />
This resulted in bad business decisions, among which was the hiring of inappropriate staff.<br />
Internal problems of the company were further worsened by a market which initially proved<br />
smaller than forecast, by problems in exporting to other regions, and by a quickly emerging<br />
competitive environment. Competitors soon managed to offer similar products, albeit at lower<br />
quality, at much cheaper prices.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se trends did not escape the attention of the managers at LGC's headquarters. For a long<br />
time they tried to mend the problems within the existing organisational structure but had<br />
finally realised that a complete re-evaluation and repositioning of the company's activities in<br />
<strong>China</strong> was necessary.<br />
For this purpose, the management formed a team of specialist at the European headquarters.<br />
This group could draw on information from within <strong>China</strong>, within the region, most notably<br />
from its regional office in Hong Kong, as well as from outside sources. LGC attributed<br />
enough attention to this repositioning process to invite professional, as well as semi-<br />
professional consultants to join their efforts to reposition the company's strategies. 143<br />
143 One of these groups of outside advisors was headed by the author together with a fellow<br />
researcher, Reza Rahimi. <strong>The</strong> team also included nine graduate students of the University of St.<br />
Gallen, Switzerland.<br />
143
During the many years of trying to fix problems internally without the means nor will to<br />
enforce major changes, the business environment in <strong>China</strong> had also changed so dramatically<br />
that LGC had to restart planning from base zero. This meant that after around ten years of<br />
doing business in <strong>China</strong> with a largely unchanged organisational structure which did not<br />
perform satisfactorily, the company preferred to plan a completely new market entrance rather<br />
than trying to build on its existing organisation. Knowing that the joint venture agreement was<br />
too rigid to allow for major changes, LGC was willing to forfeit most of its investments in the<br />
existing company.<br />
LGC considered its many years of operations in <strong>China</strong> as a valuable - if costly - learning<br />
phase, which helped the company to now plan a new market entry with a more suitable and<br />
flexible structure. In doing so, LGC developed an aggressive plan of quick market<br />
penetration, which would inte grate all the company's relevant business units. Instead of trying<br />
to accommodate this new strategy with existing structures, it opted to write -off its investments<br />
up to date to avoid further delays in re-structuring and repositioning.<br />
<strong>The</strong> example of LGC shows clearly that in a fast changing, unstable and very risky business<br />
environment, flexibility is a core virtue. Flexibility to significantly change a company's<br />
strategy in a target market may, however, be forfeited very early on in the market entry<br />
process. In LGC's example, the joint venture agreement did not only suffer from operational<br />
problems but it also made a swift and decisive change in goals, structures and operations<br />
impossible. Realising the need for possible restructuring and repositioning in the future even<br />
before start up is very important and should therefore be taken into considerations in the early<br />
phases of strategic planning for market entry.<br />
4.1.2.2 Consumer goods company in <strong>China</strong> (CGC) 144<br />
CGC is a continental European SME with around 1000 employees and 150 million CHF<br />
turnover. It produces goods in a variety of industries. Its core competence is coffee roasting<br />
and the manufacture of various coffee-based drinks. Coffee is also the strategic business unit<br />
which CGC chose for market entry into <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Prior to its market entrance, CGC had gathered some relevant experience through its<br />
marketing of speciality coffee products in Japan. <strong>The</strong> company had not, however, had any<br />
144 <strong>The</strong> research for this case study was undertaken by the author in 1997.<br />
144
experience in operating production facilities outside Europe before it entered into joint<br />
venture negotiations in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Planning for the foundation of a production joint venture started in 1993 and progressed<br />
rapidly, even though CGC's management did not have any relevant experience of doing<br />
business or negotiating in <strong>China</strong>. <strong>The</strong> goals of the company were straight forward. It wanted<br />
to penetrate the market quickly, starting with sales in <strong>China</strong>'s most promising city, Shanghai.<br />
Plans were short-term with expectations of breaking even in the second year of operations.<br />
During the planning and build up phase, no consideration was given to the eventuality of a<br />
failure. No exit strategy was therefore discussed.<br />
<strong>The</strong> company decided quickly to enter the market via a joint venture agreement with a local<br />
partner. Negotiations were swift as both partners wanted to start doing business quickly. <strong>The</strong><br />
contract was considered very favourable to CGC, giving it 60% of voting rights, as well as<br />
management authority. <strong>The</strong> partner, a state -owned business, contributed land and buildings.<br />
During the negotiations the partner had insisted that the joint venture would take on people<br />
from the partner company if they had appropriate experience for their new jobs.<br />
<strong>The</strong> newly formed joint venture company achieved a satisfactory product quality very quickly<br />
through the utilisation of European machinery. Even more successful were the marketing<br />
efforts of the company. According to their own estimation, CGC achieved a brand recognition<br />
rate in Shanghai of over 90% within two years of operation.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se marketing efforts and successes, however, were not mirrored in similarly impressive<br />
sales figures. This was mainly true because distribution did not work at all. Like what<br />
happened to so many other foreign companies, CGC's partner did not live up to expectations.<br />
At the beginning, the joint venture company relied mostly on the partner's distribution<br />
channels which proved to be so inadequate, that demand could not even be met in the city of<br />
Shanghai. Further expansion to other regions seemed completely beyond the capability of the<br />
company.<br />
Apart from distribution, the company also faced major cost problems. Production turned out<br />
to be much more expensive than originally planned. Personnel costs were much higher than<br />
forecast. <strong>The</strong> reason for the high personnel costs could be traced bac k to the hiring of too<br />
many and too inefficient workers from the partner company. CGC hoped that changing the<br />
general manager, who had the ultimate authority over hiring people, would cure the problem.<br />
However, the partner company continued to exert pressure on the new general manager to hire<br />
more and more employees.<br />
145
<strong>The</strong> apparent policy of the partner company to channel workers to the joint venture affected<br />
also for the distribution system as the partner would sabotage the initially successful efforts to<br />
outsource distribution to a third party.<br />
Problems like these are reported by many companies operating in <strong>China</strong>. Many of these<br />
problems will not be totally avoidable. It is crucial, however, how a company can react in face<br />
of such problems and challenges.<br />
CGC's management was well aware of the problems at an early stage on. After the initial<br />
phase of joint venture foundation was completed, the management's interest in their <strong>China</strong><br />
project did not diminish. This was due to the significance of the venture for the relatively<br />
small and internationally inexperienced company. For this reason as well as the short term<br />
goals of the joint venture, CGC realised very early on that a re -evaluation and subsequent<br />
repositioning of the joint venture was necessary.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re were enough ideas for such a repositioning, ranging from a stop to new employees, to<br />
the outsourcing of distribution. <strong>The</strong> company had also hoped that its contract, capital<br />
majority, and management authority would allow it to alter operational strategy relatively<br />
easily. CGC had to realise, however, that a repositioning within the current structure could not<br />
be achieved. It had not talked with its partner about eventualities that would make massive<br />
changes of the operations of the company necessary. More importantly, CGC realised only<br />
later on that there existed a mismatch of goals between the foreign and Chinese partner, who<br />
seemed to be mostly concerned with cutting down its own work force.<br />
<strong>The</strong>refore, any drive for change met with fierce opposition. Combined with a certain lack of<br />
understanding of local procedures, the working climate deteriorated massively, until CGC had<br />
to realise that the venture had failed entirely. CGC ultimately had lost all of its capital.<br />
Just as in the case of LGC, also CGC failed to provide for the possibility of massive<br />
restructuring and repositioning in the early phases of market entry planning. In their<br />
evaluation of market entry methods, both companies did not give enough weight to the<br />
flexibility that a wholly owned, or de -facto wholly owned company would provide for the<br />
foreign investor. Both companies might have chosen a joint venture agreement even if they<br />
had taken such possibilities into consideration. But by ignoring the possibility of the necessity<br />
of major changes in operational and strategic direction, the companies did not plan their<br />
market entrance in an optimal way.<br />
146
In these two cases, the companies may well have never had a fair chance to succeed. It is<br />
possible, however, to learn from these two case studies that complete failure of one's<br />
investment projects might be avoidable through the creation of a very flexible organisational<br />
structure. This could either be achieved alone or with one’s partners. In the latter case, a<br />
potential investor would have to evaluate in an early stage of the planning process, the<br />
reaction of the partner to significant strategic changes due to problems or massive variations<br />
in the competitive environment. It can be concluded that post-entry considerations must be<br />
taken into consideration during the early stages of market entry planning.<br />
147
Epilogue<br />
Finally, Paul has finished reading the set of <strong>China</strong> papers. <strong>The</strong>re is little doubt that <strong>China</strong> is<br />
not too perplexing anymore. Indeed, his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong> has succeeded under Mr. Zheng<br />
because Mr. Zheng knew his business well and the operating environment in <strong>China</strong> well. He<br />
also knew his partners and business collaborators well enough to know how to set up and<br />
maintain a long term mutually beneficial relationship with them. He wished he had not let Mr.<br />
Zheng go.<br />
As Paul sat and pondered about his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>, he could envisage how he too would have<br />
succeeded without Mr. Zheng. <strong>The</strong>re is so much more that could have been done. After all, he<br />
certainly was lucky to have so many former business partners who have proved their<br />
reliability through past dealings. This is a far cry from the many often heard complaints of<br />
foreign businessmen in <strong>China</strong>. He had the right contacts and yet, he seemed to have lost them<br />
all. He wished he had read these papers earlier, but then it may still not be too late. Should he<br />
not go back to <strong>China</strong> and try to revive his <strong>China</strong> <strong>Venture</strong>? Will his former partners and<br />
collaborators in <strong>China</strong> accept him again? Can he start again? <strong>The</strong>se questions continued to<br />
occupy his mind as he slumped on his easy chair and fell deep asleep.<br />
148
5. References<br />
Aharoni, Y. (1966):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Foreign Investment Decision Approach. Boston, Mass., Graduate School of Business<br />
Administration, Harvard University.<br />
Alexander, G. / Sharpe, W. / Bailey, J. (1993):<br />
Fundamentals of Investments , Englewood Cliffs.<br />
Angang, Hu (1995):<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s Environmental Issues. In: Harris, Stuart/Klintworth, Gary (1995):<strong>China</strong> as a Great<br />
Power. Myths, Realities and Challenges in the Asia -Pacific Region.St. Martin’s Press, New<br />
York.<br />
Arthur Andersen (Ed.) (1996):<br />
<strong>China</strong> Perspectives. 4 th Edition. Hong Kong, Arthur Andersen.<br />
Bamberger, I. / Evers, M. (1994):<br />
Internationalization Behaviour of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises - Empirical Results.<br />
In: Product/Market Strategies of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises, (ed. by Bamberger, I.),<br />
Aldershot.<br />
Borrmann, A. / Holthus, M. / Menck, K.-W. / Schnatz, B. (1996):<br />
Kleine und mittlere deutsche Unternehmen in Asien: Investitionschancen und Erfahrungen.<br />
HWWA Veröffentlichung Band 30, Nomos, Baden-Baden.<br />
Brahm L. and Li D. (1996):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Business Guide to <strong>China</strong> , Butterworth-Heinemann Asia, Singapore.<br />
Brealey, R. / Myers, S. (1991):<br />
Principles of Corporate Finance, New York, 4. Auflage.<br />
Brown, D. G. (1986):<br />
Partnership with <strong>China</strong>. Sino -Foreign Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s in Historical Perspective. Westview,<br />
Boulder.<br />
Buchmann, U. / Huang, R. / Christen, D. / Bristol, E. (1996):<br />
Economic and legal perspectives of financial deregulation in <strong>China</strong>, Credit Suisse -Report,<br />
<strong>China</strong>, March 1996.<br />
Bülk, J. H. (1997):<br />
Marterschliessungsstrategien Deutscher und Schweizerischer Klein und Mittelunternehmen in<br />
der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong> . St. Gallen, Dissertation.<br />
Büschgen, H. (1993):<br />
Bankbetriebslehre, 4. Aufl., Wiesbaden.<br />
Business <strong>China</strong> (1998):<br />
Bank with attitude - Corporate profile; <strong>The</strong> Economist Intelligence Unit Ltd. 1998, Business<br />
<strong>China</strong>, Issue July 6th 1998.<br />
149
Buxbaum, D.C. / Gonzalez, E.A. (1998):<br />
Debt or equity? Financing options for PRC investors, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, June/July<br />
1998, 10-14.<br />
Cao, K. (1995):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Changing Capital Markets of East Asia, London/New York.<br />
Chan, P. (1995):<br />
Raising Capital through the Shanghai Stock Market, in: <strong>China</strong> Banking & Finance, 28 June<br />
1995, 1-5.<br />
Chandra, V. / Bal, D. (1995):<br />
Technology Financing of SMEs in the Asia Pacific Region. Tech Monitor, Nov-Dec 1995, 8-<br />
13.<br />
Chen, Min (1993):<br />
Understanding the process of doing business in <strong>China</strong>, Taiwan and Hong Kong: a guide for<br />
international executives, Lewiston, New York.<br />
Chengsi, Z. (1994):<br />
Changing Trends: Special Features, Merits and Shortcomings of <strong>China</strong>’s Laws for intellectual<br />
Property Protection. Tech Monitor, May-June 1994, 13-32.<br />
Child, J. (1994):<br />
Management in <strong>China</strong> during the Age of Reform. Cambridge University Press.<br />
Chong, Li Choy (1990):<br />
Sources of business financing and financing practices: a comparison among U.S. and Asian<br />
countries", Journal of Business Venturing , page 272.<br />
Chung, Tzöl Zae/Sievert, Hans-Wolf (1995):<br />
Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s im chinesischen Kulturkreis: Eintrittsbarrieren überwinden, Marktchancen<br />
nutzen , Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />
Copeland, T. / Weston, F. (1992):<br />
Financial <strong>The</strong>ory and Corporate Policy, Massachussetts, 3. Auflage.<br />
Cotterell, A. (1993):<br />
East Asia – From Chinese Predominance to the Rise of the Pacific Rim. John Murray<br />
(Publishers) Ltd., London.<br />
Delman, J. (1989):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Role of Training in Technology Transfers to <strong>China</strong> – a Case Study of the Danish<br />
Experience. Copenhagen Discussion Papers No. 4, March 1989, Center for East and<br />
Southeast Asian Studies, University of Copenhagen.<br />
Dobbins, R. / Witt, S. / Fie lding, J. (1994):<br />
Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory and Investment Management, 2nd edition, Oxford.<br />
150
Dony, A. G. (1998):<br />
Market Entry Strategies for the Consumer Goods Industry in the PR <strong>China</strong> . An Empirical<br />
Study on the Beer and Soft Drink Industry. Dissertation, Universität St. Gallen. Difo-Druck,<br />
Bamberg.<br />
Dun & Bradstedt, Shanghai (1998):<br />
Counting the cost: managing credit systems in <strong>China</strong>; in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, June/July<br />
1998, 15-22.<br />
Dunning, J. H. (1997):<br />
Alliance Capitalism and Global Business, London/New York.<br />
Dunning, J.H. (1995):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Role of Foreign Direct Investment in a Globalizing Economy. Banco Nazionale de<br />
Lavoro Quarterly Review , vol. 43, No. 193, 155-244.<br />
Dunung, Sanjyot P. (1995):<br />
Doing Business in Asia – <strong>The</strong> Complete Guide, Sexington Books, New York.<br />
Ehlern, S. (1997):<br />
International Private Banking, Bern/Stuttgart/Wien.<br />
Elk, K. van / Wijngaarden, K. de Lind van / Moonen, B. (1994):<br />
Globalization of Economic Activities and Small and Medium Sized Enterprise Development.<br />
Economisch Instituut voor het Midden- en Kleinbedrijf, Zoetermeer.<br />
Epple, P. (1995):<br />
Der Technologietransfer durch Klein und Mittelbetriebe in Entwicklungsländer. Frankfurt,<br />
Peter Lang (Europäische Hochschulschriften).<br />
Ernst & Young (1994):<br />
Doing Business in <strong>China</strong>, International Business Series, Ernst & Young International, New<br />
York.<br />
Export Risk Guarantee Agency of Switzerland (1997):<br />
Swiss Export Risk Guarantee Scheme, Export Risk Guarantee Agency, Zurich.<br />
Fan, Z.-J. (1994):<br />
Ausländische Direktinvestitionen in der Volksrepublik Ch ina, Giessen.<br />
Feinstein, C. / Howe, C. (Eds.) (1993):<br />
Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical Problems and<br />
International Perspectives. Edwar Elgar, London.<br />
Fitzpatrick, E.J. / Chen, H.C. (1996):<br />
Licensing in North-East Asia. Asia Law, October 1996, 16-20.<br />
Foreign Investment Administration / Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Co-operation<br />
(1995):<br />
Summary of <strong>China</strong>’s Foreign Investment Policy, Beijing.<br />
151
Forschungsinstitut für Internationales Management an der Universität St. Gallen (1997):<br />
Students' Report on the Trip to Shanghai 1997, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland.<br />
Franke, G. (1983):<br />
Kapitalmarkt und Separation; in: Zeitschrift für Betriebswirtschaft Nr. 53 (1983), 239-260.<br />
Froot, K. A. (1993):<br />
Foreign Direct Investment, Chicago/London.<br />
Gebhardt,G. / Gerke, W. / Steiner, M. (Hrsg.) (1993):<br />
Handbuch des Finanzmanagements, München.<br />
Girardin, E. (1997):<br />
Banking Sector Reform and Credit Control in <strong>China</strong> , Paris.<br />
Goldenberg, S. (1990): Management von Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. Fallbeispiele aus Europa, USA,<br />
<strong>China</strong> und Japan. Gabler, Wiesbaden.<br />
Guo, A. / Akroyd, R. (1996):<br />
Overcoming barriers to technology transfer into <strong>China</strong>, in Child, John / Lu, Yuan (Eds.):<br />
Management Issues in <strong>China</strong> Volume II: International Enterprises, Routledge, London.<br />
Hannan, K. (1995):<br />
<strong>China</strong>, Modernisation and the goal of prosperity, Cambridge.<br />
Heilmann, S. (1996):<br />
Das politische System der VR <strong>China</strong> im Wandel, Hamburg.<br />
Heiniger, Yvonne (1997):<br />
In Asien läuft alles anders, Bilanz 6/97.<br />
Hofstede, G. (1994):<br />
Cultures and Organisations, Intercultural Co -operation and its Importance for Survival.<br />
HarperCollins, London.<br />
Horstschäfer, R. (1997):<br />
Auslandsbanken in der VR <strong>China</strong>, Entwicklung und Perspektiven; in: <strong>China</strong> aktuell Nr. 11<br />
(1997), 1106-1116.<br />
Huang, Y . (1996):<br />
Revamping the Legal Framework for the Chinese Banking System, London.<br />
IMF (Ed.) (1997a):<br />
International Financial Statistics. Yearbook 1997, Washington.<br />
IMF (Ed.) (1997b):<br />
International Financial Statistics. September 1997, Washington.<br />
Information Office of the State Council of the People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> (1994): Intellectual<br />
Property Protection in <strong>China</strong>. Beijing Review , June 1994, 20-26.<br />
International Chamber of Commerce (1997):<br />
Business Law in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
152
Islam, I. / Chowdhury, A. (1997): Asia-Pacific Economies, London.<br />
Jamieson, B. et al. (1997):<br />
<strong>The</strong> UBS Guide to the Emerging Markets. Bloomsbury Publishing, London.<br />
Jiangping, X. (1997):<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s International Technology Transfer: <strong>The</strong> Current Situation, Problems and Future<br />
Prospects. In: Feinstein, C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s:<br />
Current Practice, Historical Problems and International Perspectives, 82-95, Edwar Elgar,<br />
London.<br />
Jin Rong Shi Bao (Financial Times <strong>China</strong> ) (1996):<br />
To write the hopes of tomorrow, March 5, 1996, 2.<br />
Jingping, D. (1997):<br />
Using Imported Technology to transform Existing Enterprises in <strong>China</strong>. In: Feinstein,<br />
C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical<br />
Problems and International Perspectives, 96-114, Edwar Elgar, London.<br />
Jones, William C. (1989):<br />
Basic Principles of Civil Law in <strong>China</strong>,.<br />
Katz, C. A. (1997):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Role of International Banks in the Transformation of the Chinese Financial System,<br />
Dissertation der Universität St. Gallen No. 1996, Rosch-Buch, Scheschlitz.<br />
Kieser, A./ H. Kubicek (1992):<br />
Organisation, Berlin.<br />
Kim, S.G. (1996):<br />
Technological Capability and Patterns of Technology Transfer in Asian Countries. Tech<br />
Monitor, Mar-Apr 1996, 24-27.<br />
Klingholz, Reiner (1994):<br />
Der Riese erwacht, GEO spezial – <strong>China</strong>, Nr. 1/Februar 1994.<br />
Kloth, B. (1996):<br />
Technologietransfer im Rahmen schweizerisch -chinesischer Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. St. Gallen,<br />
Dissertation.<br />
Klug, F.T. (1997):<br />
Financing Investment Projects in <strong>China</strong> , Paris.<br />
Kotelnikov, V.Y. (1995):<br />
Facilitating Transfer of Environmentally Sound Technologies among SMEs in Asia and the<br />
Pacific. Tech Monitor, Jul-Aug 1995, 8-15.<br />
Krakowski, M. / Keller, D. / Winckler-Büttner, D. / Wacker-<strong>The</strong>odorakopoulos, C. / Lux, A.<br />
(1993):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Globalization of Economic Activities and the Development of Small and Medium<br />
Enterprises in Germany. HWWA-Report 132, Hamburg.<br />
153
Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s non Bank Financial Institutions, Trust and Investment Companies, World Bank<br />
Discussion Paper No. 358, Washington.<br />
Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />
Mobilizing Domestic Capital Markets for Infrastructure Financing, World Bank Discussion<br />
Paper No. 377 , Washington.<br />
Kumar, A. et. al. (1997):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Regulation of Non-Bank Financial Institutions, World Bank Discussion Paper No. 362,<br />
Washington.<br />
Kynge, J./Harding J. (1998):<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s bank shuts down debt-hit investment house. Financial Times, October 7, 1998.<br />
Laaksonen, O. (1988):<br />
Management in <strong>China</strong> during and after Mao in Enterprises, Government and Party. De<br />
Gruyter, Berlin.<br />
Lang, N.-S. (1998):<br />
Intercultural Management in <strong>China</strong>: Synergistic Management Approaches in Sino -European<br />
and Sino-Japanese Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s. A comparative study. Dissertation, Universität St. Gallen.<br />
Gabler, Wiesbaden.<br />
Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />
Basic Concepts of Chinese La w.<br />
Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />
Contract, Guanxi and Dispute Resolution in <strong>China</strong>.<br />
Lee, Tahirih V. (1997):<br />
Foreigner in Chinese Law.<br />
Leuenberger, T. (1971):<br />
<strong>China</strong>s Durchbruch ins zwanzigste Jahrhundert. Flamberg, Zürich.<br />
Lindquvist, M. (1991):<br />
Infant Multina tionals: <strong>The</strong> Internationalization of Young, Technology-Based Swedish Firms,<br />
Stockholm. Institute of International Business, Stockholm School of Ec onomics.<br />
Ling, J. (1995):<br />
Modernes Management von Geschäftsbanken, Guangzhou.<br />
Liu, Y. (1996):<br />
Staatsfinanzen : Gedanken über die tiefgreifenden Reformen des chinesischen Finanzsystems ,<br />
Beijing.<br />
Lü, Jinsheng (1989):<br />
Geschäfte mit <strong>China</strong>: ein Leitfaden, Verlag Welthandel, Hamburg.<br />
154
Madura, J. (1993):<br />
International Finance Perspectives, Miami.<br />
Melchers, Alexander C. (1994):<br />
Wege zur Markterschliessung „Greater <strong>China</strong>“ durch europäische Unternehmen,<br />
Diplomarbeit St. Gallen, St. Gallen.<br />
Michael, F. (1986):<br />
<strong>China</strong> through the Ages. Westview Press, London.<br />
Naisbitt, J. (1995):<br />
Megatrends Asia. <strong>The</strong> Eight Asian Megatrends that are Changing the World . Brealey,<br />
London.<br />
Naya D. J./Tan J. L. et al. (1995):<br />
Asian Transitional Economies. Challenges and Prospects for Reform and Transformation.<br />
Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore.<br />
OECD (1995):<br />
Globalisation of Econom ic Activities and the Development of SMEs. Synthesis Report of the<br />
Working Party of the Industry Committee on Small and Medium Sized Enterprises, Paris,<br />
mimeo.<br />
Pausenberger, E. (1980):<br />
Internationale Unternehmungen in Entwicklungsländern - Ihre Strategien und Erfahrungen ,<br />
Düsseldorf/Wien.<br />
Pausenberger, E. / Glaum, M. (1993):<br />
Management von Währungsrisiken; in: Gebhardt,G. / Gerke, W. / Steiner, M. (Hrsg.):<br />
Handbuch des Finanzmanagements, München.<br />
Pausenberger, E. / Völker, H. (1985):<br />
Praxis des internationalen Finanzmanagement, Wiesbaden.<br />
Pechlaner, H. (1993):<br />
Private Banking, Chur/Zürich.<br />
Perce, A. W. and Myersiek S. (1996):<br />
Craighead's Country Reports <strong>China</strong>, Craighead Publications Inc., Darien CT, USA.<br />
Phatak, Arvind V. (1992):<br />
International Dimensions of Management, 3 rd edition, Wadsworth Publishing Company,<br />
Belmaon, California.<br />
Price Waterhouse (1996):<br />
Acquisition Reviews in <strong>China</strong> - A Price Waterhouse Survey, Price Waterhouse, Hongkong.<br />
Pye, L.W. (1985):<br />
Asian Power and Politics. <strong>The</strong> Cultural Dimensions of Authority. Harvard University Press ,<br />
Cambridge.<br />
155
Reif, A. (1995):<br />
Die Entwicklung des Kapitalmarktes in der VR <strong>China</strong>, Stuttgart.<br />
Reisach U., Tauber T. and Yuan X. (1997):<br />
<strong>China</strong> - Wirtschaftspartner zwischen Wunsch und Wirklichkeit, Ueberreuter, Vienna.<br />
Root, Franklin R. (1982):<br />
Entry Strategies for International Markets, Lexington Books, Massachusetts/Toronto, 1982.<br />
Ross, S. / Westerfield, R./ Jaffe, J. (1993):<br />
Corporate Finance, 3rd edition, Homewood/Boston.<br />
Rubensdörffer, Dagmar (1997):<br />
Social Competencies for Asia, Folien-Hand out, SCS.asia St. Gallen.<br />
Schilling, G. (1996a):<br />
Politischer Hintergrund der VR <strong>China</strong>; in: DEG et. al. (Hrsg.) „Wirtschaftshandbuch <strong>China</strong>“,<br />
Band 1, Köln/Frankfurt.<br />
Schilling, G. (1996b):<br />
Wirtschaft: Struktur und Entwicklung; in: DEG et. al. (Hrsg.) „Wirtschaftshandbuch <strong>China</strong>“,<br />
Band 1, Köln/Frankfurt.<br />
Schlesinger, M.N. (1997):<br />
Intellectual Property Law in <strong>China</strong>: Part I – Complying with TRIPs Requirements. East Asian<br />
Executive Reports, January 15 1997, 9-20.<br />
Schmidt, K.-D. (1996):<br />
Small and Medium Sized Enterprises (SMEs) in International Business: A Survey of Recent<br />
Literature. Kiel Working Paper No. 721 , Kiel Institute of World Economics.<br />
Schröder, J. (1994):<br />
Die Entwicklung eines effizienten Finanzsystems in der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong>, Hamburg.<br />
Schüller, M. (1995):<br />
Die Reform des chinesischen Finanzsystems: Banken und Kapitalmärkte im Wandel; in:<br />
<strong>China</strong> Aktuell Nr. 10 (1995), 926-934.<br />
Schüller, M. (1998):<br />
Herausforderungen für den Finanzplatz Hong Kong; in: <strong>China</strong> Aktu ell Nr. 2 (1998), 199-208.<br />
Schütte, Hellmut/Lasserre, Phillipe (1996):<br />
Management-Strategien für Asien-Pazifik , Schäfer-Poeschel Verlag, Stuttgart.<br />
Schweizerische Bankiervereinigung (1997):<br />
Kredit- und <strong>Venture</strong> Capital-Finanzierung für Neuunternehmen und KMU", Schweizerische<br />
Bankiervereinigung, Basel.<br />
Segal, G. (1995):<br />
<strong>China</strong>, Who’s in Charge? In: World Link, <strong>The</strong> magazine of the World Economic Forum.<br />
September-October 1995, 24-30.<br />
156
Semkow, B. W. (ed.) (1995):<br />
<strong>China</strong> Finance Manual, Hong Kong.<br />
Servoise, R. (1995):<br />
Japon, les clés pour comprendre. Plon, Paris.<br />
Sharpe, W. (1970):<br />
Portfolio <strong>The</strong>ory and Capital Markets, New York.<br />
Shrivastava, P. (1994):<br />
Strategic Management. South Western Publishing, Cincinnati.<br />
Spremann, K. (1995):<br />
Wirtschaft, Investition und Finanzierung, 5. Auflage, München/Wien.<br />
Storey, Robert (1994):<br />
<strong>China</strong>: A travel survival Kit, 4 th edition, Lonely Plant Publications, Hawthorn.<br />
Stüdlein, Yvonne (1997):<br />
Kulturelle Perspektive internationaler strategischer Allianzen – Phasenkonzept zum<br />
Management von Kulturunterschieden, Dissertation St. Gallen, Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />
Surtani, J. (1991):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Marketing of Private Banking Services in Hong Kong, Templeton College Management<br />
Research Papers No. 6 (1991), Oxford.<br />
Tam, O.K. (1995):<br />
Financia l reform in <strong>China</strong>, London/New York.<br />
Tang, Zailiang/Reisch, Bernhard (1994):<br />
Deutsch-chinesische Management: Problemfelder–Analysen–Lösungen, Institut für<br />
interkulturelles Management, Königswinter.<br />
Terpstra, Vern/David, Kenneth (1991):<br />
<strong>The</strong> Cultural Environment in International Business, 3 rd edition, South Western, Cincinnati.<br />
Trommsdorff, Volker/Wilpert, Berhard (1994):<br />
Deutsch-chinesische Joint <strong>Venture</strong>s, Wirtschaft–Recht–Kultur, 2. überarbeitete Auflage,<br />
Gabler Verlag, Wiesbaden.<br />
Tsang, E.W.K. (1994):<br />
Strategies for Transferring Technology to <strong>China</strong>, in: Long Range Planning , Vol. 27, No. 3,<br />
98-107.<br />
Tseng, W. et al. (1994):<br />
Economic Reform in <strong>China</strong> - A New Phase, IMF Occasional Paper No. 114, Washington.<br />
Vanhonacker, W. (1997):<br />
Entering <strong>China</strong>: An unconventional Approach, in: Harvard Business Review, March-April<br />
1997, 130-140.<br />
157
Waal, C. de (1998):<br />
Hedging your bets: minimising financial risk in the PRC, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, April<br />
1998, 16-19.<br />
Wang, Chenguang/Zhang, Xianchu (Ed.) (1997): Introduction to Chinese Law.<br />
Wang, Yongjun (1997):<br />
Investment in <strong>China</strong> - A Question and Answer Guide on How to Do Business, CITIC<br />
Publishing House, American Management Association, New York.<br />
Wang, Z. (1996):<br />
Deutsche Direktinvestitionen in der Volksrepublik <strong>China</strong> , Berlin/Heidelberg/New York.<br />
Wegner , C. (1998):<br />
Foreign banks still restricted in scope of RMB business, in: <strong>China</strong> Direct Investor, April<br />
1998, 23-24.<br />
Wirtschaftsmacht (1996):<br />
Deng Xiaoping. Gesammelte Werke.<br />
Wu, J. (1995):<br />
<strong>China</strong>’s Economic and Financial Reform, in: Tam, Financial Reform in <strong>China</strong>, London.<br />
Wurfel, D./Burton, B. et al. (1996):<br />
Southeast Asia in the New World Order. <strong>The</strong> Political Economy of a Dynamic Region.<br />
Macmillan Press Ltd., London.<br />
Xiaofu, L. (1996):<br />
Technology Transfer in <strong>China</strong>: Current Situations, Problems and Aspects. Tech Monitor, Mar-<br />
Apr 1996, 28-32.<br />
Xiaojuan, J. (1997):<br />
Chinese Government Policy towards Science and Technology and its Influence on the<br />
Technical Development of Industrial Enterprises. In: Feinstein, C./Howe, C. (Eds.): Chinese<br />
Technology Transfer in the 1990’s: Current Practice, Historical Problems and International<br />
Perspectives, 137-151, Edwar Elgar, London.<br />
Zahid, S.N. (ed.) (1995a):<br />
Financial Sector Development in Asia, Hong Kong/Oxford/New York.<br />
Zahid, S.N. (ed.) (1995b):<br />
Financial Sector Development in Asia - Country Studies, Manila/Oxford/New York.<br />
158
6. Appendix<br />
6.1 Fact Sheet People’s Republic of <strong>China</strong> 145<br />
Capital: Beijing<br />
Population: 1.22 bn<br />
Regions: 22 provinces; 3 municipalities (Beijing, Shanghai and Tianjin);<br />
5 autonomous regions (Guanxi, Inner Mongolia, Ningxia,<br />
Xinjiang and Tibet)<br />
Key Cities: Shanghai (13m), Beijing (10.7m), Chengdu (9.7m), Tianjin<br />
(8.9m)<br />
Ethnic Groups: Han (91.96%), Zhuang (1.37%), Manchu (0.87%)<br />
Religions: Daoism (Taoism), Buddhism, Muslim 2%-3%, Christian 1%;<br />
officially atheist, but traditionally pragmatic and eclectic<br />
Languages: Mandarin and various dialects<br />
Land Area: 9'562'000 square kilometers; arable land: 10%<br />
145 Compare: http://www.odci.gov/cia/publications/factbook/ch.html and Business Monitor International,<br />
<strong>China</strong> & North Asia, No 8, August 1998.<br />
159
Natural resources: coal, iron ore, petroleum, mercury, tin, tungsten, antimony,<br />
manganese, molybdenum, vanadium, magnetite, aluminum,<br />
lead, zinc, uranium, hydropower potential (world's largest)<br />
GDP: consumption by sector: Agriculture 20%, Industry 49%,<br />
Services 31%<br />
GDP: real growth rate: 1995: 10.5%, 1996:9.7%, 1997: 8.5%, 1998:<br />
7.8%<br />
Consumer price inflation: 1995: 101%, 1996: 6.8%, 1997: 3% (est.)<br />
160